IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 12.4.2 states that if an MDE is present in an
(Re)Association Request frame but the RSNE uses a non-FT AKM suite, the
AP shall reject the association using status code 43 ("Invalid AKMP").
wpa_validate_wpa_ie() now explicitly checks for this condition to meet
this requirement instead of simply ignoring the MDE based on non-FT AKM.
Signed-off-by: Will Glynn <will@willglynn.com>
If the driver advertises support for setting Beacon frame data rate,
allow the user to configure this rate as part of starting the AP. Only
one Beacon frame TX rate is allowed.
Drivers advertising such support should set corresponding flag via the
NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES attribute.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Allow configuration of Beacon frame TX rate from hostapd.conf with
"beacon_rate=xx" option. The following format is used to set
legacy/HT/VHT beacon rates:
Legacy (CCK/OFDM rates):
beacon_rate=<legacy rate in 100 kbps>
HT:
beacon_rate=ht:<HT MCS>
VHT:
beacon_rate=vht:<VHT MCS>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, wpa_supplicant only supported hardcoded port == 1 in the
SCI, but users may want to choose a different port.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
So that the user can turn encryption on (MACsec provides
confidentiality+integrity) or off (MACsec provides integrity only). This
commit adds the configuration parameter while the actual behavior change
to disable encryption in the driver is handled in the following commit.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
The first peer may take a long time to come up. In PSK mode we are
basically in a p2p system, and we cannot know when a peer will join the
key exchange. Wait indefinitely, and let the administrator decide if
they want to abort.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
This commit fixes the nl80211 driver call get_inact_sec() to return -1
when STA inactivity time retrieval fails in i802_read_sta_data().
This was intended to be handled by initalizing the inactive_msec member
to -1 but i802_read_sta_data() assumes the data parameter is
uninitialized and memsets the entire structure, neutralizing the attempt
to distinguish between no value (-1) and a time value of 0.
This is fixed by now requiring i802_read_sta_data() callers to
initialize the data structure first (allowing get_inact_sec() to use
-1). This is a safe change because it does not change any driver API
behavior and only affects one other static function in driver_nl80211.c
Signed-off-by: Joel Cunningham <joel.cunningham@me.com>
In commit a25e4efc9e ('mka: Add driver op
to get macsec capabilities') I added some code to check the driver's
capabilities. This commit has two problems:
- wrong enum type set in kay->macsec_confidentiality
- ignores that drivers could report MACSEC_CAP_NOT_IMPLEMENTED, in
which case the MKA would claim that MACsec is supported.
Fix this by interpreting MACSEC_CAP_NOT_IMPLEMENTED in the same way as a
DO_NOT_SECURE policy, and set the correct value in
kay->macsec_confidentiality.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
This extends the anqp_elem configuration parameter support for new Info
IDs (270 (TDLS Capability) was previously missed from the list of
defined values, 280 has already been assigned in REVmc/D8.0; 281..299
are yet to be assigned). No additional source code changes are needed to
allow hostapd to advertise support for these if the ANQP-element value
is set with the anqp_elem parameter.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, CONFIG_IEEE80211R enabled build that supports FT for both
station mode and AP mode. However, in most wpa_supplicant cases only
station mode FT is required and there is no need for AP mode FT.
Add support to differentiate between station mode FT and AP mode FT in
wpa_supplicant builds by adding CONFIG_IEEE80211R_AP that should be used
when AP mode FT support is required in addition to station mode FT. This
allows binary size to be reduced for builds that require only the
station side FT functionality.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
The Channel Center Frequency Segment subfields use the channel index
instead of frequency in MHz.
Signed-off-by: Beni Lev <beni.lev@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
The return value from this function may be used in an outgoing message,
so use a valid status code instead of -1.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Add a configuration option in hostapd.conf and in neighbor report that
sets an AP as stationary. To enable this option on the current AP set
the config option stationary_ap to 1. To set a neighbor entry to be
marked as stationary add the word stat to the SET_NEIGHBOR command. This
option tells hostapd to send LCI data even if it is older than requested
by max age subelement in RRM request.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
It is possible that a LCI or location civic configuration buffer
is valid but contains no data. In such a case do not add the LCI
and location civic information to the entry in the neighbor
data base.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
struct data_key already had a 'user' field for reference counting, but
it was basically unused.
Add an ieee802_1x_kay_use_data_key() function to take a reference on a
key, and use ieee802_1x_kay_deinit_data_key() to release the reference.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Document some data structures from IEEE Std 802.1X-2010, and add the
(not used yet) struct ieee802_1x_mka_dist_cak_body.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
This is specific to the macsec_qca driver. The core implementation
shouldn't care about this, and only deal with the complete secure
channel, and pass this down to the driver.
Drivers that have such limitations should take care of these in their
->create functions and throw an error.
Since the core MKA no longer saves the channel number, the macsec_qca
driver must be able to recover it. Add a map (which is just an array
since it's quite short) to match SCIs to channel numbers, and lookup
functions that will be called in every place where functions would get
the channel from the core code. Getting an available channel should be
part of channel creation, instead of being a preparation step.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
This has already been done for WEP, but there's same constraint for not
allowing VTH rates in case of TKIP.
Signed-off-by: Filip Matusiak <filip.matusiak@tieto.com>
Receiving a provision discovery request for an ASP service that
has auto accept set to false should result in a provision discovery
response with the status field set to "currently unavailable".
Having stale P2PS provision data, results in sending a response with
the status set to success because it is mistakenly referred to as the
follow-on provision discovery request.
Fix that by clearing stale P2PS provision data in the following cases:
1. When provision discovery is complete
2. When ASP services are flushed (in which case old ASP provisioning
is no longer valid).
Signed-off-by: Avrahams Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
drv->in_listen should be cleared whenever the state timeout is cleared,
if they were set together. If the flag is not cleared, the
p2p_listen_end() called during cancel-remain-on-channel will not restart
the search, relying on the state timeout function to do it. Use the
p2p_stop_listen_for_freq() function to clear the listen state properly.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Otherwise, if a P2PS provision is incomplete before the flush, it can
cause incorrect provision responses to be sent out.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Add signal level information to the station tracking information. Also
make it available via the "TRACK_STA_LIST" control command.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Mahoney <k.mahoney@cablelabs.com>
ext_capab/ext_capab_len do not include ID and Length so no extra +2
offset should be used. This fixes a regression from commit
faf427645a ('TDLS: Use proper IE parsing
routine for non-EAPOL-Key cases') that replaced the IE parser without
noticing the difference in the pointer offset.
Signed-off-by: Flavia Vanetti <flavia.vanetti@ceva-dsp.com>
When channel switch happens, driver wrapper's internal channel
information needs to be updated so that the new frequency will be used
in operations using drv->assoc_freq. Previously, only bss->freq was
updated and the new frequency was also indicated in the EVENT_CH_SWITCH
event. This could potentially leave out couple of cases that use
drv->assoc_freq at least as a fallback mechanism for getting the current
operating frequency.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This commit adds a control interface command to configure the TDLS
trigger mode to the host driver. This TDLS mode is configured through
the "SET tdls_trigger_control" control interface command.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
These attributes were previously maintained elsewhere. This commit moves
them to follow the standard assignment process through the qca-vendor.h
file in hostap.git.
Signed-off-by: Li Feng <lifeng@qti.qualcomm.com>
Add a new vendor attribute config to set the reorder blocksize and
timeout in 4 ACs, and then report the frame aggregation failure
statistics in QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_STATS_EXT command. In addition,
fix the spelling of the enum value for this subcommand.
Signed-off-by: Li Feng <lifeng@qti.qualcomm.com>
This sends the FILS KEK and AAD context (nonces) to the driver with the
NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE messages when using FILS.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes wpa_remove_ptk() call to wpa_auth_set_key() more consistent
with all the other calls that verify the return value to keep static
analyzers happier.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
"GET_CAPABILITY fils" used to return "FILS" based on wpa_supplicant
configuration. This can be made more useful by checking both for
wpa_supplicant and driver support for FILS.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Decrypt the AES-SIV protected elements and verify Key-Auth. Parse and
configure keys to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows the FILS KEK and AAD data (nonces) to be configured to the
driver for association so that the driver can encrypt the
(Re)Association Request frame and decrypt the (Re)Association Response
frame.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This implements processing of FILS Authentication frame for FILS shared
key authentication with ERP and PMKSA caching.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
ieee802_1x_encapsulate_radius() and ieee802_1x_alloc_eapol_sm() need to
be called from FILS processing.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If a PMKSA cache entry for the target AP is available, try to use FILS
with PMKSA caching.
If an ERP key for the target AP is available, try to use FILS with
EAP-Initiate/Re-auth added as Wrapper Data element.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This needs to be callable through the EAPOL supplicant wrappers to allow
FILS implementation to use ERP.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This implements Key-Auth derivation for (Re)Association Request frames
(see P802.11ai/D11.0 12.12.2.6.2) and (Re)Association Response frames
(see P802.11ai/D11.0 12.12.2.6.3).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This is the PTKSA key derivation used as part of the FILS authentication
exchange. See P802.11ai/D11.0 12.12.2.5.3.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes it cleaner for the FILS implementation to use the same design
for setting Authentication frame elements as was already done with SAE.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add operations to allow low level control over RF sectors in QCA DMG
(11ad) chipsets. Operations include getting/setting the configuration of
a specific sector, as well as getting/setting the selected sector which
the HW uses to communicate with a specific station.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
That function does not need the full EAP header -- it only needs to know
which EAP identifier to use in the message. Make this usable for cases
where the previous EAP message may not exist (FILS).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This changes 4-way handshake authenticator processing to decrypt the
EAPOL-Key frames using an AEAD cipher (AES-SIV with FILS AKMs) before
processing the Key Data field. This replaces Key MIC validation for the
cases where AEAD cipher is used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This changes 4-way handshake authenticator processing to decrypt the
EAPOL-Key frames using an AEAD cipher (AES-SIV with FILS AKMs) before
processing the Key Data field. This replaces Key MIC validation for the
cases where AEAD cipher is used. This needs to move the EAPOL-Key msg
2/4 RSN element processing to happen only after the PTK has been derived
and validated. That is done for all AKMs to avoid extra complexity with
having to maintain two code paths for this.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This modifies wpa_eapol_key_send() to use AEAD cipher (AES-SIV for FILS
AKMs) to provide both integrity protection for the EAPOL-Key frame and
encryption for the Key Data field. It should be noted that this starts
encrypting the Key Data field in EAPOL-Key message 2/4 while it remains
unencrypted (but integrity protected) in non-FILS cases. Similarly, the
empty Key Data field in EAPOL-Key message 4/4 gets encrypted for AEAD
cases.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This will be needed to be able to implement AEAD cipher support from
FILS that will need to use KEK to protect the frame.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Suite B 192-bit addition from IEEE Std 802.11ac-2013 replaced the
previous fixed length Key MIC field with a variable length field. That
change was addressed with an addition of a new struct defined for the
second MIC length. This is not really scalable and with FILS coming up
with a zero-length MIC case for AEAD, a more thorough change to support
variable length MIC is needed.
Remove the Key MIC and Key Data Length fields from the struct
wpa_eapol_key and find their location based on the MIC length
information (which is determined by the AKMP). This change allows the
separate struct wpa_eapol_key_192 to be removed since struct
wpa_eapol_key will now include only the fixed length fields that are
shared with all EAPOL-Key cases in IEEE Std 802.11.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Calculate the hashed realm from hostapd erp_domain configuration
parameter and add this to the FILS Indication element when ERP is
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If FILS is enabled, indicate that in Beacon, Probe Response, and
(Re)Association Response frames in the Extended Capabilities element.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds CONFIG_FILS=y build configuration option and new key
management options for FILS authentication.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds definitions for new information elements from P802.11ai/D11.0
and parsing of these IEs.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The previous implementation was hardcoded to use 128-bit AES key
(AEAD_AES_SIV_CMAC_256). Extend this by allowing AEAD_AES_SIV_CMAC_384
and AEAD_AES_SIV_CMAC_512 with 192-bit and 256-bit AES keys.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows the CRC-32 routine to be shared for other purposes in
addition to the WEP/TKIP/FCS within wlantest.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Station should be able to connect initially without ft_pmk_cache filled,
so the target AP has the PSK available and thus the same information as
the origin AP. Therefore neither caching nor communication between the
APs with respect to PMK-R0 or PMK-R1 or VLANs is required if the target
AP derives the required PMKs locally.
This patch introduces the generation of the required PMKs locally for
FT-PSK. Additionally, PMK-R0 is not stored (and thus pushed) for FT-PSK.
So for FT-PSK networks, no configuration of inter-AP communication is
needed anymore when using ft_psk_generate_local=1 configuration. The
default behavior (ft_psk_generate_local=0) remains to use the pull/push
protocol.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
This also implements the macsec_get_capability for the macsec_qca
driver to maintain the existing behavior.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
RFC 5931 Section 2.8.5.1 does not list the Prep field as something that
the server validates to match the Request. However, the supplicant side
has to use the same pre-processing mechanism for the password for the
authentication to work, so we may as well as enforce this field to match
the requested value now that wpa_supplicant implementation is fixed to
copy the value from the request.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Fix the pre-processing field in the response when EAP_PWD_PREP_MS is
being used. This fixes interoperability with EAP-pwd servers that
validate the Prep field in EAP-pwd-ID/Response when the RFC2759
(PasswordHashHash) pre-processing is used.
Signed-off-by: Brian Candler <B.Candler@pobox.com>
Clean up the driver interface by passing pointers to struct receive_sc
down the stack to the {create,delete}_recevie_sc() ops, instead of
passing the individual properties of the SC.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Clean up the driver interface by passing pointers to struct transmit_sc
down the stack to the {create,delete}_transmit_sc() ops, instead of
passing the individual arguments.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
This basically just follows commit
587b0457e0 ('LibreSSL: Fix build with
LibreSSL') with the same pattern, which was missed here.
Signed-off-by: Julian Ospald <hasufell@hasufell.de>
Due to a missing guard for old OpenSSL code, SSL_library_init() was not
called, which is required for LibreSSL. Likewise for cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Christian Neukirchen <chneukirchen@gmail.com>
Add LibreSSL check to old OpenSSL #ifdef guard as DH_{get0,set0}_key()
is not implemented in LibreSSL.
Signed-off-by: Christian Neukirchen <chneukirchen@gmail.com>
Add attributes for specifing the frequency where FTM/AOA measurement is
done over the air. This allows the user space framework to maintain its
own cache of peers without depending on the kernel scan results cache,
or perform scans less often (since entries in the kernel scan results
cache expire quickly). The change is backward compatible. If the
frequency attribute is not specified, the kernel scan results cache will
be queried, like done today.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Clean up the driver interface by passing pointers to struct receive_sa
down the stack to the {create,enable,disable}_receive_sa() ops, instead
of passing the individual properties of the SA.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Clean up the driver interface by passing pointers to struct transmit_sa
down the stack to the {create,enable,disable}_transmit_sa ops, instead
of passing the individual properties of the SA.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Clean up the driver interface by passing pointers to structs transmit_sa
and receive_sa down the stack to get_receive_lowest_pn(),
get_transmit_next_pn(), and set_transmit_next_pn() ops, instead of
passing the individual arguments.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
These structs will be passed down to macsec drivers in a coming patch to
make the driver interface cleaner, so they need to be shared between the
core MKA implementation and the drivers.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
This makes it easier to copy a subset of definitions without
accidentally getting mismatching values.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This extends ANQP_GET command to support querying MBO cellular
preference also. The cellular preference can be requested along with
neigbor report by appending mbo:1 to the command arguments.
For example:
ANQP_GET <bssid> 272,mbo:1
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The user space app use QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_GET_CHAIN_RSSI cmd to
get the corresponding antenna rssi value for the specific chain. And the
associcated attributes are added to configure the antenna diversity and
related selftest.
Signed-off-by: Li Feng <lifeng@qti.qualcomm.com>
The reason detail field was removed from non_pref_chan attr in MBO
v0.0_r25 draft. Don't parse for this element to be compliant with the
latest drafr.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
MBO capable APs can set association disallowed in the Beacon/Probe
Response frames. For testing purposes, the STA needs to be configured to
not ignore the association disallowed set by APs and continue to connect
to such AP like non-MBO enabled STA. Add a QCA vendor attribute for
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SET_WIFI_CONFIGURATION vendor sub command to
configure the driver to ignore association disallowed functionality.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
There is no need to find bss->drv separately for each parameter, so do
this once at the beginning of the function.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add driver parameter command to force capability flag
WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BSS_SELECTION even if driver states otherwise. This is
mainly for testing purposes.
Signed-off-by: Mikael Kanstrup <mikael.kanstrup@sonymobile.com>
Ignore group members for which there is no supported channels
information when calculating common group frequencies.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
This command carries 802.11 header and payload along with key (TK) and
PN for encryption/decryption purpose. Firmware/driver encrypts/decrypts
the given data and sends to userspace as a response to the command. User
space component can validate the data received from the driver to unit
test the hardware's encryption engine.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
A weakness in the initial client taxonomy mechanism is from storing both
the Probe and Associate in struct sta_info. struct sta_info is created
after a client associates (or starts authentication frame exchange),
which means that any Probe Request frames sent prior to association are
not retained. The Associate Request frame has to be seen, and then
another Probe Request frame after association, before we have a
signature for the client.
Most clients send lots of Probe Request frames (lots and lots and lots
of Probes, actually), but a few do not. ChromeOS is notably sparing in
sending Probe Request frames, it can take a long time before a signature
for a ChromeOS device is available.
Store the most recent Probe Request frame in struct hostapd_sta_info
tracking list. When a struct sta_info is created, move the Probe Request
frame information from struct hostapd_sta_info to struct sta_info.
Signed-off-by: dgentry@google.com (Denton Gentry)
Signed-off-by: denny@geekhold.com (Denton Gentry)
Signed-off-by: rofrankel@google.com (Richard Frankel)
Signed-off-by: richard@frankel.tv (Richard Frankel)
Implement the signature mechanism described in the paper
"Passive Taxonomy of Wifi Clients using MLME Frame Contents"
published by Denton Gentry and Avery Pennarun.
http://research.google.com/pubs/pub45429.htmlhttps://arxiv.org/abs/1608.01725
This involves:
1. Add a CONFIG_TAXONOMY compile option. Enabling taxonomy incurs
a memory overhead of up to several kilobytes per associated
station.
2. If enabled, store the Probe Request and (Re)Associate Request frame in
struct sta_info.
3. Implement code to extract the ID of each Information Element,
plus selected fields and bitmasks from certain IEs, into a
descriptive text string. This is done in a new source file,
src/ap/taxonomy.c.
4. Implement a "signature qq:rr:ss:tt:uu:vv" command
in hostapd_cli to retrieve the signature.
Signatures take the form of a text string. For example, a signature
for the Nexus 5X is:
wifi4|probe:0,1,127,45,191,htcap:01ef,htagg:03,htmcs:0000ffff,vhtcap:338061b2,
vhtrxmcs:030cfffa,vhttxmcs:030cfffa,extcap:00000a0201000040|assoc:0,1,48,45,
221(0050f2,2),191,127,htcap:01ef,htagg:03,htmcs:0000ffff,vhtcap:339071b2,
vhtrxmcs:030cfffa,vhttxmcs:030cfffa,extcap:0000000000000040
Signed-off-by: dgentry@google.com (Denton Gentry)
Signed-off-by: denny@geekhold.com (Denton Gentry)
Signed-off-by: rofrankel@google.com (Richard Frankel)
Signed-off-by: richard@frankel.tv (Richard Frankel)
Previously, struct hostapd_iface sta_seen list head was initialized only
when completing interface setup. This left a window for operation that
could potentially iterate through the list before the list head has been
initialized. While the existing code checked iface->num_sta_seen to
avoid this case, it is much cleaner to initialize the list when struct
hostapd_iface is allocated to avoid any accidental missing of the extra
checks before list iteration.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Do not generate an unused and invalid Request Authenticator (random
value) when constructing Accounting-Request packets. The correct Request
Authenticator is calculated subsequently in radius_msg_finish_acct()
using MD5(msg + shared secret).
Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
This reverts commit 647862eb60.
The second check of device_ap_sme looks like duplicated, but it isn't
actually. The trick is nl80211_create_monitor_interface may change that
variable value and the second evaluation may give a different result.
This definitely isn't a very clear code, but that change caused a
regression for drivers that:
1) Don't report NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME
2) Don't support monitor mode
3) Don't support subscribing for PROBE_REQ and/or ACTION frames
like brcmfmac. With such drivers hostapd doesn't start anymore.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The places using drv->use_monitor were already skipping creation of the
monitor interface if drv->device_ap_sme == 0. This means that the
monitor interface operations would not have worked anyway and it is safe
to set drv->use_monitor to zero for all such cases. This fixes an issue
with management frame subscription not happening properly for the case
where the AP SME is in the driver and the driver supports monitor
interfaces (for other purposes).
This commit also removes the check for monitor support and the
previously used workaround that cleared drv->use_monitor in
drv->device_ap_sme == 1 case if monitor interface was not supported
since that condition cannot occur anymore.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Upon receiving FST Setup Request from some peer on some interface,
search is made to see if same peer is connected on other interface with
specific band_id. With multiple peers, bug in
fst_group_does_iface_appear_in_other_mbies() caused wrong peer address
to be returned sometimes.
Fix this with a modified, simplified search algorithm of peer's "other"
connection.
Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
Fix some mistakes in the previous commit for adding QCA vendor commands
for indoor location.
Note: The renamed enum value does not change the ABI, but the addition
of QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_FTM_MEAS_INVALID in the beginning of enum
qca_wlan_vendor_attr_ftm_meas does renumber
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_FTM_MEAS_* values. The previous values were
committed yesterday and have not been used in any released code yet, so
this is a justifiable quick fix.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Assign QCA vendor specific commands, attributes, and events for
supporting indoor location features.
These features include:
1. Fine timing measurement (FTM) - allows measurement of distance
between two stations. Based on IEEE P802.11-REVmc/D7.0, 11.24.6 FTM is
performed between two stations: one is an initiator, typically a client
that wants to measure distance to another AP, and one is a responder,
typically an AP which responds to measurement requests from other
clients. The responder can be configured to report its location, either
in absolute coordinates (LCI) or free-form description (LCR).
2. Angle of arrival (AOA) - allows measurement of azimuth and elevation
between two stations.
The above features can be combined to allow a station to get an accurate
indoor location.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add configuration options that control publishing of fine timing
measurement (FTM) responder and initiator functionality via bits 70, 71
of Extended Capabilities element. Typically, FTM functionality is
controlled by a location framework outside hostapd. When framework is
activated, it will use hostapd to configure the AP to publish the FTM
functionality. See IEEE P802.11-REVmc/D7.0, 9.4.2.27.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Some deployed stations incorrectly consider nsts capability in
(Re)Association Response frame as required capability instead of maximum
capability and if it is greater than station's capability then beamform
will not happen in uplink traffic.
This commit adds support for an optional workaround to use station's
nsts capability in (Re)Association Response frame if the station's nsts
is less than AP by using the use_sta_nsts=1 configuration parameter.
This configuration is introduced in this commit and it is disabled by
default.
Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <c_traja@qti.qualcomm.com>
Some user space monitor wants to offload link layer statistics to
firmware. A new command QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_LL_STATS_EXT and
associcated attributes are added. The monitor will use this new command
to configure monitoring paramters and get link layer statistics.
Attributes added in this change:
1. Parameters for FW to trigger the statistics report
2. Peer STA power state
3. TX failure statistics
Signed-off-by: Zhang Qian <zhangq@qti.qualcomm.com>
Assign cs in ieee802_1x_mka_decode_dist_sak_body and reuse it.
Cleanup of key allocation: ieee802_1x_kay_generate_new_sak() and
ieee802_1x_mka_decode_dist_sak_body() both allocate a struct key_conf,
fill it, and ask ieee802_1x_kay_init_data_key() to allocate and set up a
struct data_key. They also allocate multiple key buffers and copy the
same data around. Stop moving data from buffer to buffer, and just
allocate what we really need.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Instead of copying from kay to a temporary struct, and then from the
struct to the sm, just copy from kay to cp.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
This avoids unnecessary typecasting while still being able to compare
the value to CS_TABLE_SIZE without compiler warnings.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Share mka deletion implementation in ieee802_1x_participant_timer() for
the cak_life and mka_life expiration cases.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
This takes care of priority comparison followed by MAC address
comparison if the priorities are identical.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
This is a known constant value (CS_ID_LEN, i.e., the length of the EUI64
identifier) and does not need to be provided separately in these
function calls.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
to_use_sak is a Boolean variable, so there is no need for an if
statement to figure out whether to return TRUE or FALSE.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Use for loop to remove unnecessary goto use and similar cleanup to
simplify the loops in ieee802_1x_mka_i_in_peerlist(),
ieee802_1x_mka_decode_live_peer_body(), and
ieee802_1x_kay_decode_mkpdu().
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Each loop iteration resets body_peer in the beginning, so there is no
need to increment this pointer in the end.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Add ieee802_1x_kay_get_potential_peer() similarly to the previously used
ieee802_1x_kay_get_live_peer() and use these helper functions more
consistently to avoid multiple implementations of peer lookups.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
This splits the u32 bitfields into u8 variables and using bitfields only
for the cases where under 8-bit fields are used.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Previously, this was initialized in hostapd_setup_bss() which made it
possible for a REMOVE_NEIGHBOR control interface command to be issued
prior to the list head pointers having been set. That resulted in a NULL
pointer dereference. Fix this by initializing the list head at the time
the data structure gets allocated.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Number of hostapd control interface commands (e.g., STATUS-DRIVER) could
result in NULL pointer dereference when issued on not yet enabled BSS.
Fix this by checking that the driver interface has been initialized
before calling the driver_ops function.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
When the RADIUS client has not yet been fully enabled, MIB command was
segfaulting hostapd.
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardoabinader@gmail.com>
Accoding to the comment of struct wpa_driver_mesh_bss_params, the
max_peer_links parameter should be under that struct.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
Various checks should use is_multicast_ether_addr() instead
of hardcoding the equivalent, change it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Previously, driver_nl80211 sets NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT in
AP mode, to get EAPOL frames out unencrypted when using IEEE 802.1X/WEP.
However, due to the way nl80211/cfg80211 is implemented, this attribute
is ignored by the kernel if NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE isn't
specified as well. Fix this by including
NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE set to ETH_P_PAE. This can be done
unconditionally, since the kernel will allow ETH_P_PAE to be set even
when the driver didn't advertise support for arbitrary ethertypes.
Additionally, the params->pairwise_ciphers appear to not be set at
this point, so relax the check and allow them to be zero.
In client mode, this whole thing was missing, so add it. Again, the
pairwise suite can be WPA_CIPHER_NONE, so allow that case as well.
This fixed IEEE 802.1X/WEP EAP reauthentication and rekeying to use
unencrypted EAPOL frames which is the de facto way of implementing this
in wireless networks.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To be consistent with OpenSSL 1.1.0, the free functions should
internally check for NULL. EVP_MD_CTX_free also was missing an
EVP_MD_CTX_cleanup, so this leaked a little.
OpenSSL 1.1.0 also has given get_rfc3526_prime_1536 a better namespace
with get_rfc3526_prime_1536 as a compatibility-only name. Use that
instead in 1.1.0.
Signed-off-by: David Benjamin <davidben@google.com>
Do not include a NAS-Port attribute in Access-Request and
Accounting-Request packets where the Association ID (AID) is 0, i.e.,
not yet assigned or known.
Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
Previously, the check for mgmt->bssid matching own address (= BSSID)
ended up rejecting the case where Public Action frames are using
Wildcard BSSID in the Address 3 field. This could result in GAS queries
being dropped. Fix this by allowing both the own address (= AP BSSID)
and Wildcard BSSID in Action frame Address 3 field.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This commit introduces a new vendor sub command
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_GET_HW_CAPABILITY and the associated
attributes to get Wi-Fi hardware capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Yingying Tang <yintang@qti.qualcomm.com>
This can be used to mandate the presence of the Message-Authenticator
attribute on CoA/Disconnect-Request packets.
Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
Trying to open file for checking file existence seems to be too much.
Instead use access system call which is meant for the same.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Bedarkar <rahulbedarkar89@gmail.com>
body_type, used to index in mka_body_handler, can be any u8 value, but
we have only ARRAY_SIZE(mka_body_handler) elements.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
This uses a more accurate variable type for body_type and makes it
cleaner to compare this to other unsigned values.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If the memory allocation in ieee802_1x_kay_init_receive_sc() fails, we
end up in an inconsistent state where the peer is moved to the live
peers list and its sci is setup, but we don't have an rxsc.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
The room we actually use is length. This could also mess up the
receiver, since it will advance by the actual length (as indicated by
the parameter body's length), which could differ from the offset at
which we stored the next item.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
1. The comparison between SCI's of two servers with identical priority
is broken, and would always return TRUE. Just use os_memcmp(), which
provides the ordering we need.
2. If no peer can be key server but this instance can, then become the
key server.
3. The ordering of blocks between peer as key server and ourself as key
server overwrites settings. Simple reordering fixes this.
4. Default to being the key server, so that we advertise our ability in
the MKPDUs we send. That's the only way peers can know we can be key
server. Cleared automatically as soon as we find a better peer.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
There's no need to have a separate variable and open-code a more
complicated version of this, just use is_broadcast_ether_addr().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In preparation for adding further command completion support
to hostapd_cli move some cli related utility functions out of
wpa_cli into a new common cli file.
Signed-off-by: Mikael Kanstrup <mikael.kanstrup@sonymobile.com>
This commit defines QCA vendor subcommand and attributes for IE based
access control, i.e., the specific configured IE (full IE) is matched
with the frames originated by the Wi-Fi STA / AP to accept or deny the
connection. A specific IE can either be a whitelist or blacklist.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This commit introduces a new vendor sub command
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_GPIO_CONFIG_COMMAND and associated
attributes to configure GPIO pins.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes wpa_supplicant set default scan IEs to the driver (if the
vendor command is supported). The driver can use these IEs in the scan
requests initiated by the driver itself. Also the driver can merge these
IEs into further scan requests that it receives, in case if the scan
request doesn't carry any of the IEs sent in this command.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, HT/VHT state was shown in STATUS based on the configuration
parameter instead of the runtime operational parameters. This could
result in claiming HT/VHT to be enabled even when it was forced to be
disabled due to an incompatible configuration. Clear HT/VHT information
in the STATUS output if HT/VHT has been disabled.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If params->freq is NULL here, it leads to a segfault. Do not initialize
bss->bandwidth if params->freq is NULL.
Signed-off-by: Chaitanya T K <Chaitanya.Mgit@gmail.com>
Previously, HT capability IE and HT information IE were included in
Beacon and Mesh Peering Open/Confirm frames even if HT is disabled with
disable_ht=1. This patch removes these.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
If a peer stops sending adv_service_instance, we should clear the
existing dev->info.p2ps_instance.
This commit fixes the following scenario:
When peer device stops sending adv_service_instance, wpa_supplicant did
not remove old dev->info.p2ps_instance from device's property. This
variable should be updated as per peer behavior and should be cleared
when peer stops sending this information.
Signed-off-by: Nishant Chaprana <n.chaprana@samsung.com>
Remove the unnecessary os_free() call from p2p_deinit() since
p2p_flush() called just above this takes care of freeing
p2p->after_scan_tx and the second call here ends up being no-op
os_free(NULL) in practice.
Signed-off-by: Mayank Haarit <mayank.h@samsung.com>
Previously, mesh power management functionality works only with kernel
MPM. Because user space MPM did not report mesh peer AID to kernel,
the kernel could not identify the bit in TIM element. So this patch
reports mesh peer AID to kernel.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
This commit introduces a new vendor sub command
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SAP_CONDITIONAL_CHAN_SWITCH and associated
attributes which aim to configure selected frequencies on which the AP
can conditionally switch onto for preferred operation.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 49fe2ada20 ('OpenSSL: Support
OpenSSL 1.1.0 DH opacity') started using the new accessor functions, but
used incorrect success check for the DH_set0_key() call. This resulted
in dh5_init_fixed() failures and double-free on error path if the build
was linked against OpenSSL 1.1.0. Fix this by checking DH_set0_key()
return value to be 1 for the success case.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
These control interface event message are used by external programs, so
define them a bit more formally in the header file.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows P2P Listen to be offloaded to device to enhance power
saving.
To start P2P listen offload, from wpa_cli interface, issue the command:
p2p_lo_start <freq> <period> <interval> <count>
To stop P2P listen offload, issue the command:
p2p_lo_stop
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Provides operating frequency in EVENT_ASSOC when IBSS is joined so that
wpa_s->assoc_freq can be updated when any IBSS network is joined.
Signed-off-by: Saurav Babu <saurav.babu@samsung.com>
During the P802.11s draft development, there were separate LISTEN and
IDLE states. However, the current IEEE 802.11 standards uses only the
IDLE state while the implementation called this LISTEN. Rename the state
in the implementation to match the one used in the standard to avoid
confusion. In addition, rename OPEN_{SENT,RCVD} to OPN_{SNT,RCVD} to
match the exact spelling of these states in the standard.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
OpenSSL 1.1.0 (master branch) apparently ended up modifying the API
after the beta 2 release that was supposed to complete the work. Mark
the variables const to fix the compilation with the modified OpenSSL
API.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
These elements can be used for pre-standard publication testing of HE
before P802.11ax draft assigns the element ID. The payload of these
vendor specific elements is defined by the latest P802.11ax draft.
Please note that the draft is still work in progress and the element
payload is subject to change.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This is now annotated as be16, so use it as such in all cases instead of
first storing host byte order value and then swapping that to big endian
in other instances of the same structure. This gets rid of number of
sparse warnings.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
driver_wired.c pulls in utils/common.h before net/if.h as a workaround
for NetBSD build. This results in IFNAMSIZ getting redefined and sparse
warning about this. Silence that warning by undefining the IFNAMSIZ
definition from common.h to allow the one from net/if.h being used. In
addition, remove duplicated inclusion of net/if.h.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This gets rid of a sparse warning and also allows the compatibility of
the declarations to be verified (a missing const declaration is fixed
here as well).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This gets rid of number of sparse warnings and also allows the
compatibility of the declarations to be verified (number of missing
const declarations are fixed here as well).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows the compiler to check that function prototypes match the
implementation. In addition, this gets rid of sparse warnings.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
These are called through function pointers, so no need to make the
function symbols directly available outside this file.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This converts some of the PAE code to use a design that gets rid
unnecessary warnings from sparse and allows more thorough validation of
byte order operations.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
These are called through function pointers, so no need to make the
function symbols directly available outside this file.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
These little endian fields were not marked properly and the type case in
the get_unaligned_* helper macros were causing warnings from sparse.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Couple of fsts_id and llt fields were not properly swapped from host
byte order to little endian byte order used in the frames. Fix this and
use the le32 type to make this more consistent and verifiable with
sparse.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Since crypto_openssl.c is now implementing couple of functions
internally, pull in the relevant header files md5.h and aes_wrap.h to
make sure the function declaration are consistent.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Freeing memory for subjectAltName in parse_cert(), will give cert_cb
pointers to freed memory zone that may already been overwritten. Memory
for subjectAltName is released in parse_cert_free().
Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com>
The "Accepting Additional Mesh Peerings bit == 0" means the peer cannot
accept any more peers, so suppress attempt to open a connection to such
a peer.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
This moves pairwise, group, and management group ciphers to various mesh
data structures to avoid having to hardcode cipher in number of places
through the code. While CCMP and BIP are still the hardcoded ciphers,
these are now set only in one location.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The AMPE element includes number of optional and variable length fields
and those cannot really be represented by a fixed struct
ieee80211_ampe_ie. Remove the optional fields from the struct and
build/parse these fields separately.
This is also adding support for IGTKdata that was completely missing
from the previous implementation. In addition, Key RSC for MGTK is now
filled in and used when configuring the RX MGTK for a peer.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The previous implementation was incorrect in forcing the MGTK to be used
as the IGTK as well. Define new variable for storing IGTK and use that,
if set, to configure IGTK to the driver. This commit does not yet fix
AMPE element parsing to fill in this information.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This extends the data structures to allow variable length MGTK to be
stored for RX. This is needed as an initial step towards supporting
different cipher suites.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This is initial step in fixing issues in how PMF configuration for RSN
mesh was handled. PMF is an optional capability for mesh and it needs to
be configured consistently in both hostapd structures (to get proper
RSNE) and key configuration (not included in this commit).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit 0603bcb7fe ('hostapd: Process MAC
ACLs on a station association event (SME in driver)') processes MAC ACL
on a station association event for drivers which use AP SME offload but
does not consider the scenario where the drivers offload ACL. This can
result in station disconnection, though the driver accepts the
connection. Address this by avoiding the hostapd ACL check for the
drivers offloading MAC ACL.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This commit also introduces a new attribute MANDATORY_FREQUENCY_LIST
which aims for AP operation in a channel that ensures best concurrency
sessions.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
eloop deinit calls could trigger segmentation fault if the early error
path is hit before eloop_init() gets called.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Verify that fst_global_init() has been called before deinitializing the
global FST context. This makes it a bit easier to handle failure paths
from initialization.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Set max peer links to kernel even when wpa_supplicant MPM is used. This
sets the correct value for the "Accepting Additional Mesh Peerings bit"
in "Mesh Capability field" in "Mesh Configuration element" in the Beacon
frame.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
Recent versions of engine_pkcs11 are set up to be autoloaded on demand
with ENGINE_by_id() because they don't need explicit configuration.
But if we *do* want to explicitly configure them with a PKCS#11 module
path, we should still do so.
We can't tell whether it was already initialised, but it's harmless to
repeat the MODULE_PATH command if it was.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
Tested-by: Michael Schaller <misch@google.com>
Any data accessible from nla_data() is freed before the
send_and_recv_msgs() function returns, therefore we need to allocate
space for info.flags ourselves.
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
gas_address3=1 can now be used to force hostapd to use the IEEE 802.11
standards compliant Address 3 field value (Wildcard BSSID when not
associated) even if the GAS request uses non-compliant address (AP
BSSID).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously all TX status events with wildcard BSSID were ignored. This
did not allow Public Action frame TX status to be processed with the
corrected wildcard BSSID use. Fix this to be allowed. In practice, this
affects only test cases since Action frame TX status was not used for
anything else.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 10.19 (Public Action frame addressing) specifies
that the wildcard BSSID value is used in Public Action frames that are
transmitted to a STA that is not a member of the same BSS. hostapd used
to use the actual BSSID value for all such frames regardless of whether
the destination STA is a member of the BSS.
Fix this by using the wildcard BSSID in cases the destination STA is not
a member of the BSS. Leave group addressed case as-is (i.e., the actual
BSSID), since both values are accepted. No such frames are currently
used, though.
This version is still using the AP BSSID value in the Address 3 field
for GAS response frames when replying to a GAS request with AP BSSID
instead of Wildcard BSSID. This is left as a workaround to avoid
interoperability issues with deployed STA implementations that are still
using the non-compliant address and that might be unable to process the
standard compliant case.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds the necessary changes to support extraction and use of the
extended capabilities specified per interface type (a recent
cfg80211/nl80211 extension). If that information is available,
per-interface values will be used to override the global per-radio
value.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add a new "timeout" argument to the event message if the nl80211 message
indicates that the connection failure is not due to an explicit AP
rejection message. This makes it easier for external programs to figure
out why the connection failed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows the simplest case of SAE group negotiation to occur by
selecting the next available group if the peer STA indicates the
previous one was not supported. This is not yet sufficient to cover all
cases, e.g., when both STAs need to change their groups, but at least
some cases are no covered.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
hostapd deinit functions were not ready to handle a case where the data
structures were not fully initialized. Make these more robust to allow
wpa_supplicant mesh implementation to use the current deinit design in
OOM error cases without causing NULL pointer dereferences.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This avoids internal access of structs and also removes the dependency
on the reimplemented TLS PRF functions when EAP-FAST support is not
enabled. Notably, BoringSSL doesn't support EAP-FAST, so there is no
need to access its internals with openssl_get_keyblock_size().
Signed-Off-By: David Benjamin <davidben@google.com>
Most protocols extracting keys from TLS use RFC 5705 exporters which is
commonly implemented in TLS libraries. This is the mechanism used by
EAP-TLS. (EAP-TLS actually predates RFC 5705, but RFC 5705 was defined
to be compatible with it.)
EAP-FAST, however, uses a legacy mechanism. It reuses the TLS internal
key block derivation and derives key material after the key block. This
is uncommon and a misuse of TLS internals, so not all TLS libraries
support this. Instead, we reimplement the PRF for the OpenSSL backend
and don't support it at all in the GnuTLS one.
Since these two are very different operations, split
tls_connection_prf() in two. tls_connection_export_key() implements the
standard RFC 5705 mechanism that we expect most TLS libraries to
support. tls_connection_get_eap_fast_key() implements the
EAP-FAST-specific legacy mechanism which may not be implemented on all
backends but is only used by EAP-FAST.
Signed-Off-By: David Benjamin <davidben@google.com>
Commit 68ae4773a4 ('OpenSSL: Use library
wrapper functions to access cert store') fixed most of these, but missed
a few.
Signed-Off-By: David Benjamin <davidben@google.com>
This makes changes such that hostapd (and wpa_supplicant AP mode)
registers to kernel for specific Action frames instead of generically
registering for all Action frames. This makes it easier for other
programs to register for some Action frames that hostapd does not handle
today without having to somehow coordinate directly with hostapd.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add P2PS config flag only when config_methods are set. This restores the
pre-P2PS behavioer for the cases where Display or Keypad config method
is specified for a peer (i.e., do not add the new P2PS method in that
case).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This gets rid of a valgrind warning on uninitialized memory read in the
eap_proto_sake_errors test case where the result was used after the
failed eap_sake_compute_mic() call.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This gets rid of a valgrind warning on uninitialized memory read in the
eap_proto_pax_errors test case where the result was used after the
failed eap_pax_mac() call.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This gets rid of a valgrind warning on uninitialized memory read in the
eap_proto_fast_errors test case where the result was used after the
failed sha1_t_prf() call.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This gets rid of a valgrind warning on uninitialized memory read in the
wpas_ctrl_error test case where the result was used after the failed
sha256_vector() call.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This gets rid of a valgrind warning on uninitialized memory read in the
hostapd_oom_wpa2_eap_connect test case where the result is used after
failed md5_vector() call.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This gets rid of a valgrind warning on uninitialized memory read in the
hostapd_oom_wpa2_eap_connect test case where memcmp is used after failed
hmac_md5() call.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This gets rid of a valgrind warning on uninitialized memory read in the
hostapd_oom_wpa2_eap test case where memcmp is used after failed
md5_vector() call.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Check for hmac_sha256() failures and exit from wps_derive_psk() without
printing out the derived keys if anything fails. This removes a valgrind
warning on uninitialized value when running the ap_wps_m3_oom test case.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
In some terminal, verified with gtkterm and teraterm, backspace key is
not properly processed. For instance, type 'abc', 3 times of backspace
key press then '123' shows the result of 'abc123' instead of '123'. To
fix this, add a routine to process '\b' character input when using
edit_simple.c instead of edit.c (i.e., without CONFIG_WPA_CLI_EDIT=y).
Signed-off-by: Siwon Kang <kkangshawn@gmail.com>
If there's ever a driver that, like nl80211, requires radiotap,
we need to have a NEED_RADIOTAP variable to avoid trying to link
the radiotap helpers twice. Introduce that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Commit 4104267e81 ('Fix memory leak on NFC
DH generation error path') modified the generic (non-OpenSSL)
implementation of dh5_init() to free the previously assigned public key,
if any. However, that commit did not modify the OpenSSL specific version
of this function. Add the same change there to maintain consistent
behavior between these two implementations of the same function.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 4104267e81 ('Fix memory leak on NFC
DH generation error path') modified dh5_init() behavior in the
non-OpenSSL implementation to free the public key (if any was previously
set). However, this did not update one of the callers to make sure the
publ argument in the call is initialized. This could result in trying to
free invalid pointer and segmentation fault when hostapd or
wpa_supplicant was built against some other crypto library than OpenSSL.
Signed-off-by: Rujun Wang <chinawrj@gmail.com>
BoringSSL added OpenSSL 1.1.0's SSL_get_client_random() and friends in
working towards opaquifying the SSL struct. But it, for the moment,
still looks more like 1.0.2 than 1.1.0 and advertises
OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER as such. This means that there is no need to
define those in BoringSSL and defining them causes conflicts. (C does
not like having static and non-static functions with the same name.)
As requested, this is conditioned on defined(BORINGSSL_API_VERSION) so
wpa_supplicant may continue to support older BoringSSLs for a time.
(BoringSSL revisions without the accessors predate BoringSSL maintaining
a BORINGSSL_API_VERSION.)
Also add a missing opensslv.h include. tls_openssl.c is sensitive to
OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER, so it should include the header directly rather
than rely on another header to do so.
Signed-off-by: David Benjamin <davidben@google.com>
Spurious newlines output while writing the config file can corrupt the
wpa_supplicant configuration. Avoid writing these for the network block
parameters. This is a generic filter that cover cases that may not have
been explicitly addressed with a more specific commit to avoid control
characters in the psk parameter.
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
WPA/WPA2-Personal passphrase is not allowed to include control
characters. Reject a Credential received from a WPS Registrar both as
STA (Credential) and AP (AP Settings) if the credential is for WPAPSK or
WPA2PSK authentication type and includes an invalid passphrase.
This fixes an issue where hostapd or wpa_supplicant could have updated
the configuration file PSK/passphrase parameter with arbitrary data from
an external device (Registrar) that may not be fully trusted. Should
such data include a newline character, the resulting configuration file
could become invalid and fail to be parsed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
One of supported code paths already allows this scenario. It is used if
driver doesn't report NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME and doesn't support
monitor interface. In such situation:
1) We don't quit if subscribing for WLAN_FC_STYPE_PROBE_REQ fails
2) We don't try subscribing for WLAN_FC_STYPE_ACTION
3) We fallback to AP SME mode after failing to create monitor interface
4) We don't quit if subscribing for WLAN_FC_STYPE_PROBE_REQ fails
Above scenario is used, e.g., with brcmfmac. As you can see - thanks to
events provided by cfg80211 - it's not really required to receive Probe
Request or action frames.
However, the previous implementation did not allow using hostapd with
drivers that:
1) Report NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME
2) Don't support subscribing for PROBE_REQ and/or ACTION frames
In case of using such a driver hostapd will cancel setup after failing
to subscribe for WLAN_FC_STYPE_ACTION. I noticed it after setting flag
WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME in brcmfmac driver for my experiments.
This patch allows working with such drivers with just a small warning
printed as debug message.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
This reduces duration that private keying material might remain in the
process memory by clearing wpabuf data used in WPS operations when there
is possibility of the buffer including keys or related material.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This new parameter allows hostapd to add Vendor Specific elements into
(Re)Association Response frames similarly to the way vendor_elements
parameter can be used for Beacon and Probe Response frames.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The OpenSSL 1.1.0 Beta 2 release made DH opaque and that broke
compilation of crypto_openssl.c. Fix this by using the new accessor
functions when building against OpenSSL 1.1.0 or newer.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit 66d464067d ('FT: Register RRB
l2_packet only if FT-over-DS is enabled') disabled RRB l2_packet socket
if ft_over_ds is disabled, but this socket is required for FT
over-the-air, too (FT key distribution). Enable the socket regardless of
ft_over_ds setting if FT is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Günther Kelleter <guenther.kelleter@devolo.de>
This adds QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SET_WIFI_CONFIGURATION and
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_GET_WIFI_CONFIGURATION and the attributes used
with these commands.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows local GO to fetch the P2P Interface Address of a P2P Client
in the group based on the P2P Device Address for the client. This
command should be sent only on a group interface (the same peer may be
in multiple concurrent groups).
Usage:
P2P_GROUP_MEMBER <P2P Device Address>
Output:
<P2P Interface Address>
Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <pkushwah@qti.qualcomm.com>
Trigger an event when wpa_supplicant accepts an invitation to re-invoke
a persistent group. Previously wpa_supplicant entered group formation
without triggering any specific events and it could confuse clients,
especially when operating with a driver that does not support
concurrency between P2P and infrastructure connection.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
The os_snprintf() call here cannot really fail in practice, but since
its result was stored into the local variable and not checked, static
analyzers could warn about the unused assignment. Clean this up by
checking the return value.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Set the global RRM flag if global RRM is supported by the device. Also,
allow RRM in (Re)Association Request frame if the global RRM flag is
set.
Signed-off-by: Beni Lev <beni.lev@intel.com>
This flag indicates that RRM can be used in (Re)Association Request
frames, without supporting quiet period.
Signed-off-by: Beni Lev <beni.lev@intel.com>
Register to receive Radio Measurement Request frames since LCI request
is supported by wpa_supplicant.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Add FTM range request via RRM. The AP sends Radio measurement request
with FTM range request as a request for the receiving STA to send FTM
requests to the given list of APs. The neighbor report part of the
request is taken from the neighbor database.
The control interface command is:
REQ_RANGE <dst addr> <rand_int> <min_ap> <responder> [<responder>..]
dst addr: MAC address of an associated STA
rand_int: Randomization Interval (0..65535) in TUs
min_ap: Minimum AP Count (1..15); minimum number of requested FTM ranges
between the associated STA and the listed APs
responder: List of BSSIDs for neighboring APs for which a measurement
is requested
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Add a hostapd control interface command REQ_LCI to request LCI from an
associated station using radio measurement.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Save RM enabled capability element of an associating station if radio
measurement is supported in its capability field.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Process Neighbor Report Request frame and send Neighbor Report Response
frame based on the configured neighbor report data.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Add a configurable neighbor database that includes the content of
Nighbor Report element, LCI and Location Civic subelements and SSID.
All parameters for a neighbor must be updated at once; Neighbor Report
element and SSID are mandatory, LCI and civic are optional. The age of
LCI is set to the time of neighbor update.
The control interface API is:
SET_NEIGHBOR <BSSID> <ssid=SSID> <nr=data> [lci=<data>] [civic=<data>]
To delete a neighbor use:
REMOVE_NEIGHBOR <BSSID> <SSID>
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Extend the radio_measurements parameter to save all the supported
RRM capabilities as it's used in RM enabled capabilities element.
Make this parameter not directly configurable via config file (though,
keep the radio_measurements parameter for some time for backwards
compatibility). Instead, add a configuration option to enable neighbor
report via radio measurements. Other features can be added later as
well.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Add a function that parses SSID in text or hex format. In case of the
text format, the SSID is enclosed in double quotes. In case of the hex
format, the SSID must include only hex digits and not be enclosed in
double quotes. The input string may include other arguments after the
SSID.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Make the function available as part of the wpabuf API.
Use this renamed function where possible.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
The hostapd "POLL_STA <addr>" control interface command can be used to
check whether an associated station ACKs a QoS Data frame. The received
ACK for such a frame is reported as an event message ("AP-STA-POLL-OK
<addr>").
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The optional tx=0 parameter can be added to the hostapd
DEAUTHENTICATE/DISASSOCIATE command to request disconnection without
transmitting the Deauthentication/Disassociation frame to the STA.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows external programs to fetch the driver inactivity value for a
specific STA ("STA <addr>" hostapd control interface command).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new VENDOR_ELEM value 14 can now be used to add a vendor element
into Probe Request frames used by non-P2P active scans.
For example:
VENDOR_ELEM_ADD 14 dd05001122330a
and to clear that:
VENDOR_ELEM_REMOVE 14 *
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Implement configure_data_frame_filters() callback by using
the net-sysfs interfaces (if these are available).
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Add a new function declaration that will allow wpa_supplicant to request
the driver to configure data frame filters for specific cases.
Add definitions that will allow frame filtering for stations as
required by Hotspot 2.0:
1. Gratuitous ARP
2. Unsolicited NA
3. Unicast IP packets encrypted with GTK
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
If a legacy client with no P2P PS support is trying to connect to
a P2P GO, the driver should know that, and change its PS behavior
accordingly.
Add a parameter to hostapd_sta_add_params() indicating if P2P PS is
supported by the station and pass this parameter to kernel with nl80211
driver when the station is added/set.
Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
Fix a possible memory leak in decode_tunnel_passwords() if an invalid
passphrase is received from the RADIUS server.
Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
This was previously handled for the case where the non-success
Invitation Response frame was sent out during the Listen phase. However,
in the case the Action frame TX ended up getting scheduled when the
Search phase scan had already started (e.g., due to the driver reporting
Invitation Request RX late enough for the Listen-to-Search transition
having already started), the postponed Action frame TX status processing
did not cover the specific case of non-success Invitation Response. This
could result in the p2p_find operation getting stopped (stuck in SEARCH
state) unexpectedly.
Fix this by calling p2p_check_after_scan_tx_continuation() from
Invitation Response TX callback handler if the invitation was rejected.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The Secure bit in the Key Information field of EAPOL-Key frames is
supposed to be set to 1 when there is a security association. This was
done for other frames, but not for the EAPOL-Key Request frame where
supplicant is requesting a new PTK to be derived (either due to Michael
MIC failure report Error=1 or for other reasons with Error=0). In
practice, EAPOL-Key Request frame is only sent when there is a PTK in
place, so all such frames should have Secure=1.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This struct in the union is empty, but the design of using a zero-length
u8 array here is not fully compatible with C++ and can result in
undesired compiler warnings. This struct is not used anymore, so it can
be removed from the struct ieee80211_mgmt definition to complete the
changes started in commit d447cd596f
('Updates for stricter automatic memcpy bounds checking').
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This struct in the union is empty, but the design of using a zero-length
u8 array here is not fully compatible with C++ and can result in
undesired compiler warnings. Since there are no non-IE fields in the
Probe Request frames, get the location of the variable length IEs simply
by using the pointer to the frame header and the known header length.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This struct in the union is empty, but the design of using a zero-length
u8 array here is not fully compatible with C++ and can result in
undesired compiler warnings. Since there are no non-IE fields in the
Probe Request frames, get the location of the variable length IEs simply
by using the pointer to the frame header and the known header length.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This reverts commit 4ca16b5fd7.
Configuration for this will be done using a previously assigned more
generic command. This new command
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SET_TXRX_AGGREGATION has not been used in any
driver version and won't be used, so the assigned command id can be
freed for future use.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
There is no strong need for pulling in linux/if_ether.h here since all
that is needed if ETH_P_IP and we already cover multiple other ETH_P_*
values in utils/common.h.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This was only used for providing an option to use linux/if_packet.h
instgead of netpacket/packet.h in src/ap/iapp.c. However,
netpacket/packet.h is nowadays commonly available and hostapd already
depends on it through src/l2_packet/l2_packet_linux.c, so there is no
need to continue to provide this option for the kernel header.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This gets rid of need to include linux/if_vlan.h and additional defines
in vlan_ioctl.c to avoid issues with missing definitions in libc
headers.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Due to both <netinet/in.h> (in "utils/includes.h") and <linux/in6.h> (in
<linux/if_bridge.h>) being included, the in6_addr is being redefined:
once from the C library headers and once from the Linux kernel headers.
This causes some build failures with for example the musl C library:
In file included from /usr/include/linux/if_bridge.h:18,
from ../src/ap/vlan_init.c:17:
/usr/include/linux/in6.h:32: error: redefinition of 'struct in6_addr'
/usr/include/linux/in6.h:49: error: redefinition of 'struct sockaddr_in6'
/usr/include/linux/in6.h:59: error: redefinition of 'struct ipv6_mreq'
Mixing C library and Linux kernel headers is a bit problematic [1] and
should be avoided if possible [2]. In order to fix this, define just the
macros needed from <linux/if_bridge.h> as done in Busybox for the brctl
applet [3].
[1] https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=15850
[2] http://www.openwall.com/lists/musl/2015/10/06/1
[3] https://git.busybox.net/busybox/commit/?id=5fa6d1a632505789409a2ba6cf8e112529f9db18
Signed-off-by: Jörg Krause <joerg.krause@embedded.rocks>
With this, vlan_init.c does not need any special header files anymore
and vlan_ifconfig.c does not need hostapd-specific header files that
might conflict with net/if.h on NetBSD.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Move the ioctl-based VLAN implementation to a separate file to avoid
need for conditional blocks within vlan_ioctl.c. This removes the
internal CONFIG_VLAN_NETLINK define, i.e., this is now used only in
build configuration (.config) to select whether to include the
vlan_util.c (netlink) or vlan_ioctl.c (ioctl) implementation of the
functions.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
caddr_t is legacy BSD and should be avoided [1]. While glibc may still
use __caddr_t as the type, Linux kernel does not (it is "void __user *
ifru_data").
This fixes compile errors with the musl libc:
../src/ap/vlan_init.c: In function 'br_delif':
../src/ap/vlan_init.c:218:18: error: '__caddr_t' undeclared (first use in this function)
ifr.ifr_data = (__caddr_t) args;
[1] http://stackoverflow.com/questions/6381526/what-is-the-significance-of-caddr-t-and-when-is-it-used
Signed-off-by: Jörg Krause <joerg.krause@embedded.rocks>
cfg80211 reports a deauth/disassoc event when internally clearing
connection with the previous BSS. Ignore that event to allow the new
connect command to complete.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes it easier for drivers that use the Connect command instead of
separate Auth+Assoc commands to determine when to use reassociation
instead of association. Matching changes are still needed in cfg80211 to
allow this parameter to be used, but it is safe for wpa_supplicant to
start including this attribute now since it will be ignored by older
cfg80211 versions.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
pmksa->pmk or pmksa->pmkid cannot be NULL since they are arrays. Remove
the unnecessary NULL checks and use the provided pmksa pointer directly
to simplify the implementation. (CID 138519)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Interface additions/removals are not guaranteed to be for the driver
listening to the kernel events. As such, send the events to
wpa_supplicant_event_global() which can then pick the correct interface
registered with wpa_supplicant to send the event to.
Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
Commit 1889af2e0f ('VLAN: Separate station
grouping and uplink configuration') added an ap_sta_set_vlan() function
that gets called from pmksa_cache_auth.c. This broke CONFIG_IBSS_RSN=y
build if src/ap/sta_info.c did not get included in the build, i.e., if
CONFIG_AP=y was not set.
Fix this by making the ap_sta_set_vlan() call conditional on
CONFIG_NO_VLAN being undefined and define this for CONFIG_IBSS_RSN=y
builds. This is fine for wpa_supplicant since CONFIG_AP=y case was
already defining this. For hostapd, this function call is not needed for
CONFIG_NO_VLAN case either.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This patch add functionality of mesh SAE PMKSA caching. If the local STA
already has peer's PMKSA entry in the cache, skip SAE authentication and
start AMPE with the cached value.
If the peer does not support PMKSA caching or does not have the local
STA's PMKSA entry in the cache, AMPE will fail and the PMKSA cache entry
of the peer will be removed. Then STA retries with ordinary SAE
authentication.
If the peer does not support PMKSA caching and the local STA uses
no_auto_peer=1, the local STA can not retry SAE authentication because
NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE event cannot start SAE authentication when
no_auto_peer=1. So this patch extends MESH_PEER_ADD command to use
duration(sec). Throughout the duration, the local STA can start SAE
authentication triggered by NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE even though
no_auto_peer=1.
This commit requires commit 70c93963ed
('SAE: Fix PMKID calculation for PMKSA cache'). Without that commit,
chosen PMK comparison will fail.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
This extends the wpa_supplicant PMKSA_FLUSH control interface command to
allow the PMKSA list from the authenticator side to be flushed for AP
and mesh mode. In addition, this adds a hostapd PMKSA_FLUSH control
interface command to flush the PMKSA entries.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
This extends the wpa_supplicant PMKSA control interface command to allow
the PMKSA list from the authenticator side to be listed for AP and mesh
mode. In addition, this adds a hostapd PMKSA control interface command
to show the same list for the AP case.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
This group capability bit was previously added unconditionally which
could result in the P2P Client assuming the functionality is available
even though the GO would always reject the request (not reply to it with
an assigned IP address) during the 4-way handshake.
Fix this by advertising the capability only if the GO configuration
allow IP address assignment to be completed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit 732b1d20ec ('nl80211: Clean up
ifidx properly if interface in a bridge is removed') added
drv->if_indices_reason array similarly to the previously used
drv->if_indices. However, it had a copy-paste error here on the error
path where a reallocation failure after at least one successful
reallocation would result in the drv->if_indices being overridden
instead of restoring drv->if_indices_reason to the old value. Fix this
by setting the correct variable on the error path. (CID 138514)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
SMPS mode is applicable only for HT and including an attribute to
configure it when HT is disabled could result in the AP start operation
failing. Fix this by adding the attribute only in cases where HT is
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Since this function needs to allocate memory, it might fail. Check that
the returned memory pointer is not NULL before trying to parse the
output.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
While this function could return NULL if the parameter issued to it were
NULL, that does not really happen here. Anyway, since this can result in
a warning from a static analyzer that does can see the return NULL
without fully understanding what it means here, check the return value
explicitly against NULL to avoid false warnings.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Since commit cb05808c46 ('nl80211: Generic
Linux master interface support for hostapd'), hostapd is listening for
EAPOL frames on any master which the interface is enslaved under.
This commit allows hostapd to support network hierarchy in which the
interface is enslaved under some master which in turn is enslaved under
a bridge.
Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
In scenarios where only DFS channels are available (e.g., outdoor,
special country codes), hostapd must be able to handle situations
where all are unavailable.
The two possibilities to get there are
1) while operating on the last available DFS channel a radar is
detected
2) hostapd is started while all channels are unavailable
In both cases, hostapd instead of terminating should better
wait for the NOPs to pass and re-try operation after the CAC.
This patch provides that feature by using the condition
(iface->state == HAPD_IFACE_DFS && !iface->cac_started)
as NOP mode signature to retry operation from within
hostapd_dfs_nop_finished().
Signed-off-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
Upon receiving FST setup request on old band, the peer is searched on
new band. The assumption is that MB IE from this peer on new band
previously received either in assoc event or in FST setup request.
There are cases in which above assumption doesn't work, peer is not
found and session setup fails. For example:
- STA connects over 11ac. Due to driver limitation, MB IE is not included
in assoc event
- STA connects over 11ad. MB IE included in assoc event.
- FST session established on 11ac band, with AP as initiator. i.e. FST
setup request sent in AP=>STA direction. STA searches for peer's (AP)
MB IE on 11ad band which exists.
- FST switch occur
- FST session established on 11ad band, with STA as initiator. i.e. FST
setup request sent in STA=>AP direction. AP searches for peer's (STA)
MB IE on 11ac band which are absent.
For fixing the above, consider also peers without MB IE as candidates in
the search algorithm.
Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
In the 60 GHz band, service discovery management frames are sent over
the control PHY and have a smaller maximum frame size (IEEE Std
802.11ad-2012, 21.4.3.2). Fix the code to use sufficiently small
fragment size when operating in the 60 GHz band.
The 60 GHz fragment size (928) is derived from the maximum frame size
for control PHY (1023) and subtracting 48 bytes of header size, and some
spare so we do not reach frames with the absolute maximum size.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add a new 'use_driver_iface_addr' configuration parameter to allow use
of the default interface address generated by the driver on interface
creation. This can be useful when specific MAC addresses were allocated
to the device and we want to use them for multi-BSS operation.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
There is a race condition in which AP might receive the EAPOL-Start
frame (from the just-associated station) before the TX completion of the
Association Response frame. This in turn will cause the EAPOL-Start
frame to get dropped, and potentially failing the connection.
Solve this by saving EAPOL frames from authenticated-but-not-associated
stations, and handling them during the Association Response frame TX
completion processing.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Add UDP support for ctrl_iface:
New config option could be set:
CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE=udp
CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE=udp-remote
CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE=udp6
CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE=udp6-remote
And hostapd_cli usage:
hostapd_cli -i localhost:8877
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
This is preparation for sharing a single implementation for ctrl_iface
functionality in wpa_supplicant and hostapd.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Update the peer WFD IE information based on WFD elements received in
Provision Discovery Response and GO Negotiation Response frames.
Signed-off-by: Avichal Agarwal <avichal.a@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyeong-Chae Lim <kcya.lim@samsung.com>
In case a Probe Request frame is received from a known peer P2P Device,
update the listen channel based on the P2P attributes in the Probe
Request frame. This can be useful for cases where the peer P2P Device
changed its listen channel, and the local P2P device is about to start a
GO Negotiation or invitation signaling with the peer.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Currently, when scan is stuck in the kernel/driver/fw,
the nl80211 driver tries to recover by faking a SCAN_RESULTS flow.
However, the scan is still stuck in the kernel/driver/fw.
To avoid that stuck request, abort it upon scan timeout.
Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
syms is defined only for WPA_TRACE_BFD:
../src/utils/trace.c: In function ‘wpa_trace_deinit’:
../src/utils/trace.c:372:7: error: ‘syms’ undeclared (first use in this function)
free(syms);
^
../src/utils/trace.c:372:7: note: each undeclared identifier is reported only once for each function it appears in
make: *** [../src/utils/trace.o] Error 1
make: *** Waiting for unfinished jobs....
Add appropriate #ifdef.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
When building P2P IE for Probe Request frames in P2P scan, add the
device information attribute if the 60 GHz band is included in the scan,
since this is required by the P2P specification.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Expose the functions wpas_get_bands() and wpas_freq_to_band() and the
enum wpa_radio_work_band, since they will be needed outside
wpa_supplicant.c.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
STT guards the exchange of FST Action frames with the peer station.
It was observed that sometimes Action frames sending is delayed at
driver/FW layers for few hundreds millisec.
Enlarge the STT to overcome such cases.
Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
In case vendor ACS command returns invalid channel or hardware mode,
complete the interface setup with an error code instead of simply
return, so that hostapd can properly clean up the interface setup.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This tells to the server how long we have been trying to transmit the
message so that the actual time of the message generation can be
determined from receive time (ignoring network delays and only at
accuracy of one second).
For interim updates, only value 0 is used since there are no
retransmissions of the same message. For other accounting messages, the
initial attempt goes out with value 0 and the retransmissions, if
needed, show the number of seconds the message has been waiting in the
queue.
Update the Identifier and Authenticator in the messages whenever
updating the Acct-Delay-Time per RFC 2866, 4.1 requirements.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Instead of using the RADIUS client retransmission design with the old
RADIUS message contents for each retry, trigger a completely new interim
accounting update instance more quickly (using the same schedule as
RADIUS message retransmissions) to improve accounting updates in cases
where RADIUS message delivery fails. This allows the server to get up to
date information from the time the "retry" message was sent instead of
the old information from the time the first failed attempt was sent.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
There is no need to maintain two implementations of the functionality.
is_zero_ether_addr() is easier to understand, so use it.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Using rtnl_link_alloc_cache() is expensive as it fills in all configured
links. Using rtnl_link_get_kernel() is much more lightweight.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
When an interface is removed while it was in a bridge, the bridge was
not removed from the local ifidx list.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
As the Linux variant of l2_packet_init() does not use its own_addr
argument and l2_packet_receive() does not filter on destination MAC
address, this needs to be checked in the callback.
If there are multiple BSSes listening for FT RRB packets, all their
BSSIDs need to be local to the bridge interface. As l2_packet_init() is
going to receive all of them going for any local address, those RRB
messages started turning up on BSSes that were not destinated for and
cluttering logs.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
If the AP is slow, passphrase hashing takes too long to serve the client
before timeout. Extend the Tunnel-Password design to allow a 64
character value to be interpreted as a PSK and send SSID to RADIUS
server. This allows the RADIUS server to either take care of passphrase
hashing or to use raw PSK without such hashing.
This is especially important for FT-PSK with FT-over-air, where hashing
cannot be deferred.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
Instead of copying the full struct hostapd_sta_wpa_psk_short, share the
existing entry and use reference counting to check when it needs to be
freed. This allows caching of PSKs derived from passphrases to avoid
having to perform the heavy hashing operation multiple times.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
Hashing takes quite some time (can be about one second on a low-power
CPU for each passphrase provided), so hostapd can easily hit the 900 ms
Wi-Fi client authentication deadline (mac80211 uses 3x 300 ms). This can
be fixed by storing the passphrase instead of PSK with the STA and defer
the hashing into the WPA/RSN 4-way handshake, when enumerating all PSKs.
This applies for the case where a RADIUS server is used to store the
per-STA passphrases and this passphrase is delivered as part of the MAC
ACL check during IEEE 802.11 Authentication frame processing.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
The VLAN ifname is limited to the maximum length of IFNAMSIZ, so there
is no need to use heap allocation for it.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
r1_key_holder is an identifier that was always set to zero if unless
configured before.
See 11.6.1.7.4 of IEEE Std 802.11-2012 which reads
"R1KH-ID is a MAC address of the holder of the PMK-R1 in the
Authenticator of the AP"
See 12.2.2 of IEEE Std 802.11-2012 which reads
"Each R0KH-ID and R1KH-ID is assumed to be expressed as a unique
identifier within the mobility domain."
"The R1KH-ID shall be set to a MAC address of the physical entity
that stores the PMK-R1 ..."
Defaulting this to BSSID is a more reasonable value since we have not
rejected the missing r1_key_holder as invalid configuration.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
A malicious station could try to do FT-over-DS with a non WPA-enabled
BSS. When this BSS is located in the same hostapd instance, internal RRB
delivery will be used and thus the FT Action Frame will be processed by
a non-WPA enabled BSS. This processing used to crash hostapd as
hapd->wpa_auth is NULL. If the target BSS is on a different hostapd
instance, it will not listen for these packets and thus not crash.
Fix this by checking hapd->wpa_auth before delivery.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
The FT RRB hostapd packets have a length field. For PULL frames, it
counted the bytes starting with nonce and up to the last before pad. For
RESP frames, it counted the bytes starting with nonce and up to the last
before pad except for 2 bytes. For PUSH frames, it counted the bytes
starting with nonce and up to including pad.
As rounding is done with AES encryption, including pad does not make
sense. Not including the last field before pad does not make sense
either. These were broken in the earlier addition of the 2 octet
pairwise field in commit 1b484d60e5 ('FT:
Include pairwise cipher suite in PMK-R0 SA and PMK-R1 SA').
AES encryption is not affected, as rounding hides the differences. The
packets data_length field is not used, so the differences have no effect
there.
This patch changes the constants to match the bytes used, thus excluding
the pad. To validate the changes, look at remainder modulo 8 of the sum
of the size constants and the padding sizes.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
This makes hostapd track Supported Operating Classes information from
the associated STAs. The stored information is available through the STA
control interface command (supp_op_classes row) as a hexdump of the
Supported Operating Classes element starting from the Length field. This
information can be used as input to BSS transition management and
channel switching decisions.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Inside management frame TX status callback, print the TX result where it
was missing. This is useful for debugging management frame drops.
Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds parsing of non-preferred channel list on an MBO AP. The
information in (Re)Association Request and WNM Notification Request
frames is parsed to get the initial value and updates from each
associated MBO STA. The parsed information is available through the STA
control interface command non_pref_chan[i] rows.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If the second memory allocation in ieee802_11_send_wnmsleep_resp() were
to fail and ieee80211_11_get_tfs_ie() succeed, the wnmtfs_ie allocation
would not have been freed on the error path.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
While refactoring VLAN comparison into vlan_compare(), it was overlooked
that modifications are needed for tagged VLAN support.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
If WPA2 and MBO are enabled, PMF needs to be enabled in hostapd
configuration. If PMF is optional in the configuration, an MBO STA is
required to negotiate use of PMF.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes hostapd parse a received WNM Notification Request frame
subelements and if a WFA MBO cellular data capability subelement is
seen, update the cellular data capability for the STA.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes hostapd parse the MBO attribute in (Re)Association Request
frame and track the cellular data capability (mbo_cell_capa=<val> in STA
control interface command).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This removes multiple copies of wpabuf_resize() following by
wpabuf_put_{buf,data}() with the help of two simple helper functions.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add an option to add MBO IE to BSS Transition Management Request frame.
The MBO IE includes the transition reason code, cellular data connection
preference, and, if the disassoc imminent bit is set, it may also
include re-association retry delay. Otherwise, the re-association retry
delay should be set to zero.
The additional BSS_TM_REQ argument uses the following format:
mbo=<reason>:<reassoc delay>:<cell pref>
reason: 0-9
reassoc delay: 0-65535 (seconds; 0 = disabled)
cell pref: 0, 1, 255
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Add MBO IE with AP capability attribute to Beacon, Probe Response, and
(Re)Association Response frames to indicate the AP supports MBO.
Add option to add Association Disallowed attribute to Beacon, Probe
Response, and (Re)Association Response frames. Usage:
SET mbo_assoc_disallow <reason code>
Valid reason code values are between 1-5. Setting the reason code to
0 will remove the Association Disallowed attribute from the MBO IE
and will allow new associations.
MBO functionality is enabled by setting "mbo=1" in the config file.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Add the transition candidate list to BSS Transition Management Response
frame. The candidates preference is set using the regular wpa_supplicant
BSS selection logic. If the BSS transition request is rejected and
updated scan results are not available, the list is not added.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Add a function to derive phy type from frequency and bandwidth
as defined in IEEE Std 802.11ac-2013 Annex C (dot11PHYType).
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Add parsing of MBO IE in BSS Transition Management Request frames. If
the MBO IE includes the association retry delay attribute, do not try to
reconnect to the current BSS until the delay time is over.
If the MBO IE includes the cellular data connection preference attribute
or the transition rejection reason attribute, send a message to upper
layers with the data.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Add definitions for global operating classes. These definitions will be
used to construct supported operating classes information element.
The operating classes definitions used locally for P2P module will be
removed and included in the general operating classes definitions.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Add a helper function to find a certain IE inside IEs buffer by ID and
use this function in several places that implemented similar
functionality locally.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
The recent VLAN changes added an explicit code path that sets vlan_desc
= NULL within ap_sta_set_vlan(). This makes some code analyzers warn
about the debug print that could potentially dereference this pointer.
Silence that warning by verifying the pointer more consistently within
this function.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If the driver supports 64-bit TX/RX byte counters, use them directly.
The old 32-bit counter extension is maintained for backwards
compatibility with older drivers.
For nl80211 driver interface, the newer NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64 and
NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64 attributes are used when available. This
resolves the race vulnerable 32-bit value wrap/overflow. Rework RADIUS
accounting to use these for Acct-Input-Octets, Acct-Input-Gigawords,
Acct-Output-Octets, and Acct-Output-Gigawords, these values are often
used for billing purposes.
Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
Previously, stations were added to the driver only after the
(Re)Association Response frame was acked. In the time period between the
station has acked the (Re)Association Response frame and the time the
station was added to the kernel, the station can already start sending
Data frames, which will be dropped by the hardware/driver. In addition
to the data loss, the driver may ignore NDPs with PM bit set from this
STA.
Fix this by setting/adding the STA with associated flag set to the
driver before the AP sends the (Re)Association Response frame with
status success. If the (Re)Association Response frame wasn't acked,
remove the station from the driver.
Note that setting a station to associated state before the non-AP
station acknowledges the (Re)Association Response frame is not compliant
with the IEEE 802.11 standard that specifically states that a non-AP
station should transition to authenticated/associated state only after
it acknowledged the (Re)Association Response frame. However, this is a
justifiable simplification to work around the issue described above since
1. The station will be removed in case it does not acknowledge the
(Re)Association Response frame.
2. All Data frames would be dropped until the station is set to
authorized state and there are no known issues with processing the
other Class 3 frames during the short window before the
acknowledgement is seen.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Add support for drivers that support full AP client state, i.e., can
handle adding stations that are not associated yet. For such drivers,
add a station after processing the authentication request, instead of
adding it in the association response callback.
Doing so is beneficial in cases where the driver cannot handle the add
station request, in which case it is useless to perform the complete
connection establishment.
Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
This provides means for determining whether the driver supports full AP
station state and setting the needed STA flags for using this
functionality.
Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
Do not use os_random() that uses a low quality PRNG to generate the
anti-clogging token. The construction can be improved upon by replacing
it with a call to os_get_random(), which uses a high quality PRNG. While
the RFC 5931 explictly recommends not to do this ("SHOULD NOT be from a
source of random entropy"), it does still mandate unpredicability ("MUST
be unpredictable"). The anti-clogging token is most unpredictable when
it is taken from a high quality PRNG.
Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
Remove the fallback dependency on os_random() from the code that gets a
valid DFS channel. This is exceptionally unlikely to ever be called as
the call to os_get_random() is unlikely to fail. The intention is to
facilitate future removal of os_random() as it uses a low quality PRNG.
Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
Remove the fallback dependency on os_random() when generating a WPS pin.
This is exceptionally unlikely to ever be called as the call to
os_get_random() is unlikely to fail. The intention is to facilitate
future removal of os_random() as it uses a low quality PRNG.
Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
Do not use the system clock or os_random() that uses a low quality PRNG
as part of the pseudo-random challenge in auth_shared_key(). The
construction can be improved upon by replacing it with a call to
os_get_random(), which uses a high quality PRNG.
Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
Previously, only mesh Action frames from BLOCKED STA were dropped.
Extend that to drop Authentication frames as well.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
The SAE PMKID is calculated with IEEE Std 802.11-2012 11.3.5.4, but the
PMKID was re-calculated with 11.6.1.3 and saved into PMKSA cache. Fix
this to save the PMKID calculated with 11.3.5.4 into the PMKSA cache.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
Ensure that characters are represented as unsigned char when using
isblank() and isspace(). These function take in a "int c" argument, but
it needs to be unsigned for the cases where EOF is not indicated.
Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
Shuffle includes above system ones so to fix a compile issue
on NetBSD where the if_type #define from <net/if.h>
conflicts with the wpa_driver_if_type enum.
Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
Shuffle wpa_supplicant includes above system ones so that
to fix a compile problem on NetBSD where if_type #define
conflicts with the wpa_driver_if_type enum.
Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
While most C libraries print "(null)" when NULL is used as an argument
to printf format string %s, this is not really necessary to print here,
so move the debug print to be after the NULL check.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows the stations to be assigned to their own vif. It does not
need dynamic_vlan to be set. Make hostapd call ap_sta_set_vlan even if
!vlan_desc.notempty, so vlan_id can be assigned regardless.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
This makes vlan_newlink() and vlan_dellink() add tagged VLANs to AP_VLAN
interfaces as given by struct vlan_description.
hostapd_vlan_if_remove() is done in vlan_dellink() as tagged interfaces
need to be removed before the interface can be deleted and a DELLINK
message can be generated.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
To prepare for adding tagged VLAN support in vlan_init.c, vlan_newlink()
and vlan_dellink() are split into multiple functions. This reduces
indention and eases adding tagged VLANs as well.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
1. Add tagged VLAN to struct vlan_description
(compile limited number of tagged VLANs per description)
For k tagged VLANs, the first k entries in vlan_description.tagged
are used. They are sorted in ascending order. All other entries are
zero. This way os_memcmp() can find identical configurations.
2. Let tagged VLANs be parsed from RADIUS Access-Accept
3. Print VLAN %d+ with %d=untagged VID if tagged VLANs are set
4. Select an unused vlan_id > 4096 for new tagged VLAN configurations
5. Add EGRESS_VLAN RADIUS attribute parsing also for untagged VLANs
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
Separate uplink configuration (IEEE 802.1q VID) and grouping of stations
into AP_VLAN interfaces.
The int vlan_id will continue to identify the AP_VLAN interface the
station should be assigned to. Each AP_VLAN interface corresponds to an
instance of struct hostapd_vlan that is uniquely identified by int
vlan_id within an BSS.
New: Each station and struct hostapd_vlan holds a struct
vlan_description vlan_desc member that describes the uplink
configuration requested. Currently this is just an int untagged IEEE
802.1q VID, but can be extended to tagged VLANs and other settings
easily.
When the station was about to be assigned its vlan_id, vlan_desc and
vlan_id will now be set simultaneously by ap_sta_set_vlan(). So
sta->vlan_id can still be tested for whether the station needs to be
moved to an AP_VLAN interface.
To ease addition of tagged VLAN support, a member notempty is added to
struct vlan_description. Is is set to 1 if an untagged or tagged VLAN
assignment is requested and needs to be validated. The inverted form
allows os_zalloc() to initialize an empty description.
Though not depended on by the code, vlan_id assignment ensures:
* vlan_id = 0 will continue to mean no AP_VLAN interface
* vlan_id < 4096 will continue to mean vlan_id = untagged vlan id
with no per_sta_vif and no extra tagged vlan.
* vlan_id > 4096 will be used for per_sta_vif and/or tagged vlans.
This way struct wpa_group and drivers API do not need to be changed in
order to implement tagged VLANs or per_sta_vif support.
DYNAMIC_VLAN_* will refer to (struct vlan_description).notempty only,
thus grouping of the stations for per_sta_vif can be used with
DYNAMIC_VLAN_DISABLED, but not with CONFIG_NO_VLAN, as struct
hostapd_vlan is still used to manage AP_VLAN interfaces.
MAX_VLAN_ID will be checked in hostapd_vlan_valid and during setup of
VLAN interfaces and refer to IEEE 802.1q VID. VLAN_ID_WILDCARD will
continue to refer to int vlan_id.
Renaming vlan_id to vlan_desc when type changed from int to struct
vlan_description was avoided when vlan_id was also used in a way that
did not depend on its type (for example, when passed to another
function).
Output of "VLAN ID %d" continues to refer to int vlan_id, while "VLAN
%d" will refer to untagged IEEE 802.1q VID.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
Commit 8bcf8de827 ('OpenSSL: Fix memory
leak in PKCS12 additional certificate parsing') tried to fix a memory
leak in both the 1.0.2(and newer) and 1.0.1 branches of PKCS12 parsing.
However, the 1.0.1 case was not properly tested and freeing of the
certificate after a successful SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert() call
resulted in use of freed memory when going through the TLS handshake.
Fix this by not freeing the certificate in that specific case.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Ciuple of the nonce comparisons used a strange '!os_memcmp() == 0' to
check if the values were different. While this resulted in correct
behavior, the construction is not exactly clear and clang has started
warning about this (-Wlogical-not-parentheses). Clean this up by using
'os_mecmp() != 0'.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The additional PKCS12 certificates were not freed properly in the loop
added in commit de2a7b796d ('OpenSSL: Use
connection certificate chain with PKCS#12 extra certs').
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 5c9a33702f ('OpenSSL: Clean up
crypto_hash_*() to use a single implementation') added a wrapper
function to allow the new OpenSSL API to be used with older OpenSSL
versions. However, the HMAC_CTX_free() wrapper was incorrectly skipping
the call to HMAC_CTX_cleanup() which is still needed to free the
resources OpenSSL allocated internally.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
SSL_library_init() does not work properly after EVP_cleanup() starting
from OpenSSL 1.1.0 pre release 3. The automated library init/deinit
functions in that pre release are supposed to handle all initialization
and deinitialiation, so comment out the explicit calls to these function
with OpenSSL 1.1.0 and newer.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 1eb87ae48d ('OpenSSL: Use
EVP_CIPHER_CTX_new() to work with OpenSSL 1.1.0') started using
EVP_CIPHER_CTX_new() to allocate EVP_CIPHER_CTX from heap instead of
using stack memory. This commit used incorrect EVP_CIPHER_CTX_reset()
function in number of cases when the allocated memory was supposed to be
freed instead of just reset for reuse. Fix this by using
EVP_CIPHER_CTX_free() properly.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
rfkill_init() uses realpath() which allocates memory and that memory was
not freed on the success path.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If SSL_CTX_new(SSLv23_method()) fails, tls_init() error path did not
free the allocated struct tls_data instance.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
PBSS (Personal Basic Service Set) is a new BSS type for DMG
networks. It is similar to infrastructure BSS, having an AP-like
entity called PCP (PBSS Control Point), but it has few differences.
PBSS support is mandatory for IEEE 802.11ad devices.
Add a new "pbss" argument to network block. The argument is used
in the following scenarios:
1. When network has mode=2 (AP), when pbss flag is set will start
as a PCP instead of an AP.
2. When network has mode=0 (station), when pbss flag is set will
connect to PCP instead of AP.
The function wpa_scan_res_match() was modified to match BSS according to
the pbss flag in the network block (wpa_ssid structure). When pbss flag
is set it will match only PCPs, and when it is clear it will match only
APs.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
PBSS (Personal Basic Service Set) is a new BSS type for DMG
networks. It is similar to infrastructure BSS, having an AP-like
entity called PCP (PBSS Control Point), but it has few differences.
PBSS support is mandatory for IEEE 802.11ad devices.
Add a pbss flag to the relevant structures to support starting a PCP and
connecting to a PCP. Implement support in the nl80211 driver by using
the new PBSS flag attribute.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
NOTE: kqueue has to be closed and re-build after forking. epoll *should*
do the same, but it seems that wpa_supplicant doesn't need it at least.
I have re-worked a little bit of the epoll code (moved into a similar
kqueue function) so it's trivial to requeue epoll if needed in the
future.
Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
This function can be used to re-build eloop socket tables after forking
for eloop implementations that need this.
Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
When a mesh point reconnects by starting from Authentication frame
sequence, the plink count was not decremented from its last connection.
This resulted in leaking peer link count and causing wpa_supplicant to
reject the connection after max_peer_links (default: 99) reconnects.
This was reproduced by pre-configuring 2 mesh points with mesh
credentials. Boot both mesh points and make sure they connect to each
other. Then in a loop reboot one of the mesh points after it
successfully connects while leaving the other mesh point up and running.
After 99 iterations the supplicant on mesh point that is not rebooting
will reject the connection request from the other mesh point.
Fix this by decrementing num_plinks when freeing a STA entry that is
still in PLINK_ESTAB state.
Signed-off-by: Srinivasa Duvvuri <sduvvuri@chromium.org>
Setting a long off channel wait time for P2P Action frames when
we know we are already on the right channel may cause a delay in
sending the Action frame (because the driver may not be able to
satisfy the request for long wait time until previous off channel
requests are over). This may be crucial for P2P response frames
that must be sent within 100 milliseconds of receiving the request.
Fix this by adjusting P2P Action frame wait times as follows:
1. For GO Negotiation Response frame, shorten the wait time to 100 ms.
This is reasonable because the peer has just sent us the GO
Negotiation Request frame, so it is known to be on the right
channel and is probably ready to send us the GO Negotiation
Confirmation frame without delay.
2. For GO Negotiation Confirmation, P2P Invitation Response, and
Provision Discovery Response frames, there is no need for wait
time at all as this is the last frame in the exchange. So set
the wait time to 50 ms to ensure there is enough time to send the
frame.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
There is no need to maintain three copies of this functionality even if
it is currently implemented as a single function call.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Rework the Acct-Session-Id and Acct-Multi-Session-Id implementation to
give better global and temporal uniqueness. Previously, only 32-bits of
the Acct-Session-Id would contain random data, the other 32-bits would
be incremented. Previously, the Acct-Multi-Session-Id would not use
random data. Switch from two u32 variables to a single u64 for the
Acct-Session-Id and Acct-Multi-Session-Id. Do not increment, this serves
no legitimate purpose. Exclusively use os_get_random() to get quality
random numbers, do not use or mix in the time. Inherently take a
dependency on /dev/urandom working properly therefore. Remove the global
Acct-Session-Id and Acct-Multi-Session-Id values that serve no
legitimate purpose.
Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
These can get allocated within eapol_auth_alloc(), so it is more logical
to free them in eapol_auth_free() instead of ieee802_1x_free_station()
that ends up calling eapol_auth_free().
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Need to include these headers in C++ files for adding a binder interface
to wpa_supplicant. So, fix the following C++ compiler errors in them:
1. Add explicit C-style casts in wpa_buf.h header.
2. Move the nested definition of wpa_driver_scan_ssid in driver.h
outside of wpa_driver_scan_params because it is used in another
structure below.
Signed-off-by: Roshan Pius <rpius@google.com>
Event-Timestamp should be sent for all Accounting-Request packets and
only after the system clock has a sane value, not where there's a value
close to the Unix time epoch.
Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
Calculate the required length needed for the extra ANQP elements added
to GAS response buffer instead of using fixed size and truncating the
response if there was not sufficient space.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Fix a possible null pointer dereference in tls_parse_pkcs12() when
loading a PKCS#12 file for the server keys and the file includes extra
certificates.
Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
Need to clear the pac pointer for the first error case to avoid freeing
the previous PAC entry if the following entry has an invalid header.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Acct-Authentic is used to indicate how the user was authenticated and as
such, should not be sent in Accounting-On and Accounting-Off.
Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
Per RFC 2866, 5.10, it is invalid to send Acct-Terminate-Cause in
Accounting-On and Accounting-Off (this is included only when
Acct-Status-Type is set to Stop).
Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
Ensure that if it is not possible to configure an allowed 20 MHz
channel pair, hostapd falls back to a single 20 MHz channel.
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eabinader@ocedo.com>
If an interface is removed, zero the remembered ifindex.
Don't try to set properties on the interface when it is removed.
Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
In the Android-specific case, make ca_cert directive parse a
space-separated list of hex-encoded CA certificate aliases following the
"keystores://" prefix. Server certificate validation should succeed as
long as the chain ends with one of them.
Signed-off-by: Rubin Xu <rubinxu@google.com>
Use the interface index from the correct structure according to the
message instead of assuming rtm_index is correct.
Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
Couple of the image info fields were not printed previously in debug
log. Add those to make this more complete.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes it easier to debug AP selection issues in case of a invalid
RSN element or use of customer cipher suites that are not supported by
wpa_supplicant.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Number of deployed 80 MHz capable VHT stations that do not support 80+80
and 160 MHz bandwidths seem to misbehave when trying to connect to an AP
that advertises 80+80 or 160 MHz channel bandwidth in the VHT Operation
element. To avoid such issues with deployed devices, modify the design
based on newly proposed IEEE 802.11 standard changes.
This allows poorly implemented VHT 80 MHz stations to connect with the
AP in 80 MHz mode. 80+80 and 160 MHz capable stations need to support
the new workaround mechanism to allow full bandwidth to be used.
However, there are more or less no impacted station with 80+80/160
capability deployed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The called function nl80211_ht_vht_overrides() was not freeing "msg"
resource in error cases.
Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <p.kushwaha@samsung.com>
The PMKSA caching and RSN pre-authentication components were marked as
conditional on IEEE8021X_EAPOL. However, the empty wrappers are needed
also in a case IEEE8021X_EAPOL is defined with CONFIG_NO_WPA.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes it easier to follow a debug log from a hostapd process that
manages multiple interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The ap_sta_deauth_cb and ap_sta_disassoc_cb eloop timeouts are used to
clear a disconnecting STA from the kernel driver if the STA did not ACK
the Deauthentication/Disassociation frame from the AP within two
seconds. However, it was possible for a STA to not ACK such a frame,
e.g., when the disconnection happened due to hostapd pruning old
associations from other BSSes and the STA was not on the old channel
anymore. If that same STA then started a new authentication/association
with the BSS, the two second timeout could trigger during this new
association and result in the STA entry getting removed from the kernel.
Fix this by canceling these eloop timeouts when receiving an indication
of a new authentication or association.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
clang started warning about the use of || with constants that came from
PCSC_FUNCS not being enabled in the build. It seems to be easier to just
ifdef this block out completely since that has the same outcome for
builds that do not include PC/SC support.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Use compatibility wrapper functions to allow a single implementation
based on the latest OpenSSL API to be used to implement these functions
instead of having to maintain two conditional implementation based on
the library version.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Use compatibility wrapper functions to allow a single implementation
based on the latest OpenSSL API to be used to implement these functions
instead of having to maintain two conditional implementation based on
the library version.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The changes needed for OpenSSL 1.1.0 had broken this since LibreSSL is
defining OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER in a manner that claims it to be newer
than the current OpenSSL version even though it does not support the
current OpenSSL API.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If the final Phase 2 message needed fragmentation, EAP method decision
was cleared from UNCOND_SUCC or COND_SUCC to FAIL and that resulted in
the authentication failing when the EAP-Success message from the server
got rejected. Fix this by restoring the EAP method decision after
fragmentation.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Now the these functions cannot be made to fail by forcing the memory
allocation fail since the OpenSSL-internal version is used, add
TEST_FAIL check to allow OOM test cases to be converted to use the
TEST_FAIL mechanism without reducing coverage.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The EVP_CIPHER_CTX structure will be made opaque in OpenSSL 1.1.0, so
need to use EVP_CIPHER_CTX_new() with it instead of stack memory. The
design here moves the older OpenSSL versions to use that dynamic
allocation design as well to minimize maintenance effort.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The SSL_CIPHER **cipher argument was marked const in OpenSSL 1.1.0
pre-release 2 similarly to how this is in BoringSSL. Fix build with that
in preparation for supporting OpenSSL 1.1.0.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Free the allocated structure in error cases to remove need for each EAP
method to handle the error cases separately. Each registration function
can simply do "return eap_server_method_register(eap);" in the end of
the function.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Free the allocated structure in error cases to remove need for each EAP
method to handle the error cases separately. Each registration function
can simply do "return eap_peer_method_register(eap);" in the end of the
function.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Create global init to handle socket calls and route messages.
Register each interface inside the global driver so that
routing messages can find the interface based on rtm_ifindex.
Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
We shouldn't use drv->ctx as it always points to the first BSS. When
using FullMAC driver with multi-BSS support it resulted in incorrect
treating nl80211 events. I noticed with with brcmfmac and BCM43602.
Before my change I was getting "disassociated" on a wrong interface:
wlan0-1: STA 78:d6:f0:00:11:22 IEEE 802.11: associated
wlan0-1: STA 78:d6:f0:00:11:22 WPA: pairwise key handshake completed (RSN)
wlan0: STA 78:d6:f0:00:11:22 IEEE 802.11: disassociated
With this patch it works as expected:
wlan0-1: STA 78:d6:f0:00:11:22 IEEE 802.11: associated
wlan0-1: STA 78:d6:f0:00:11:22 WPA: pairwise key handshake completed (RSN)
wlan0-1: STA 78:d6:f0:00:11:22 IEEE 802.11: disassociated
This doesn't apply to hostapd dealing with SoftMAC drivers when handling
AP SME & MLME is done it hostapd not the firmware.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
If wpa_supplicant was first configured with PKCS #12 -based client
certificate chain and then used with another network profile that used a
different certificate chain from a X.509 certificate PEM file instead of
PKCS#12, the extra certificate chain was not reconstructed properly with
older versions of OpenSSL that 1.0.2. This could result in the
authentication failing due to the client certificate chain not being
complete or including incorrect certificates.
Fix this by clearing the extra certificate chain when setting up a new
TLS connection with OpenSSL 1.0.1. This allows OpenSSL to build the
chain using the default mechanism in case the new TLS exchange does not
use PKCS#12.
The following hwsim test case sequence was able to find the issue:
ap_wpa2_eap_tls_pkcs12 ap_wpa2_eap_tls_intermediate_ca_ocsp
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
n_chans can have only values 1, 2, or 4 in this function, so the -1 case
could never be reached. Remove the unreachable case to get rid of static
analyzer warnings.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
chan is set to the result of pointer arithmetic (pointer to an entry in
an array) that can never be NULL. As such, there is no need to check for
it to be non-NULL before deference. Remove this check to avoid
complaints from static analyzers.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Offloading of ACS to the driver changed the design a bit in a way that
iface->current_mode could actually be NULL when the offloaded ACS
mechanism supports band selection in addition to channel selection. This
resulted in a combination that is too complex for static analyzers to
notice. While acs_init() can be called with iface->current_mode == NULL
that is only in the case where WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_ACS_OFFLOAD is in use.
In other words, the actual ACS functions like acs_cleanup() that would
dereference iface->current_mode are not used in such a case.
Get rid of static analyzer warnings by explicitly checking
iface->current_mode in acs_init() for the case where ACS offloading is
not used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes it easier to debug issues with old scan results being ignored
during P2P_FIND. A single rx_time would have been fine with
os_gettime(), but with os_get_reltime(), both rx_time and find_start
values are needed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
There was a race condition in how the l2_packet sockets got read that
could result in the same socket (e.g., non-bridge) to process both the
EAP-Success and the immediately following EAPOL-Key msg 1/4 instead of
each frame going in alternative order between the bridge and non-bridge
sockets. This could be hit, e.g., if the wpa_supplicant process did not
have enough CPU to process all the incoming frames without them getting
buffered and both sockets reporting frames simultaneously.
This resulted in the duplicated EAP-Success frame getting delivered
twice for processing and likely also the EAPOL-Key msg 1/4 getting
processed twice. While the latter does not do much harm, the former did
clear the EAP authentication state and could result in issues.
Fix this by extended the l2_packet Linux packet socket workaround for
bridge to check for duplicates against the last two received frames
instead of just the last one.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It was possible for the packet socket on the bridge interface to receive
own transmitted frames between the bridge and non-bridge sockets
receiving the same incoming frame from a foreign host. This resulted in
the hash checksum validation step failing to notice a duplicate RX due
to the own frame updating the store hash value.
The own frame did get dropping in RX EAPOL processing, but that was too
late to address the issue with duplicate RX. Fix this by dropping own
frames already in l2_packet layer before checking and updating the last
RX hash value.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This function can fail at least in theory, so check its return value
before proceeding. This is mainly helping automated test case coverage
to reach some more error paths.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This was reported to fail with Windows 2012r2 with "Invalid Compound_MAC
in cryptobinding TLV". It turns out that the server decided to go
through inner EAP method (EAP-MSCHAPv2 in the reported case) even when
using PEAP fast-reconnect. This seems to be against the [MS-PEAP]
specification which claims that inner EAP method is not used in such a
case. This resulted in a different CMK being derived by the server (used
the version that used ISK) and wpa_supplicant (used the version where
IPMK|CMK = TK without ISK when using fast-reconnect).
Fix this interop issue by making wpa_supplicant to use the
fast-reconnect version of CMK derivation only when using TLS session
resumption and the server having not initiated inner EAP method before
going through the cryptobinding exchange.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The previous behavior of bursting out all retry attempts of an SD Query
frame during a single search/listen iteration does not look very helpful
in the case where the peer does not ACK the query frame. Since the peer
was found in the search, but is not ACKing frames anymore, it is likely
that it left its listen state and we might as well do something more
useful to burst out a significant number of frames in hopes of seeing
the peer.
Modify the SD Query design during P2P Search to send out only a single
attempt (with likely multiple link-layer retries, if needed) per
search/listen iteration to each peer that has pending SD queries. Once
no more peers with pending queries remain, force another Listen and
Search phase to go through before continuing with the pending SD
queries.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If P2P support is included in wpa_supplicant build (CONFIG_P2P=y), but
P2P functionality is explicitly disabled (e.g., "P2P_SET disabled 1"),
couple of AP management frame processing steps did not check against
hapd->p2p_group being NULL and could end up dereferencing a NULL pointer
if a Probe Request frame or (Re)Association Request frame was received
with a P2P IE in it. Fix this by skipping these steps if hapd->p2p_group
is NULL.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit e6dd8196e5 ('Work around Linux
packet socket regression') forgot to add the l2_packet_init_bridge()
wrapper for l2_packet_pcap.c while updating all the other l2_packet
options. This resulted in wpa_supplicant build failing due to missing
l2_packet_init_bridge() function when using CONFIG_L2_PACKET=pcap in
wpa_supplicant/.config. Fix this by adding the wrapper function.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The new wps_force_{auth,encr}_types parameters can be used in test build
(CONFIG_WPS_TESTING) to force wpa_supplicant to use the specified value
in the Authentication/Encryption Type flags attribute. This can be used
to test AP behavior on various error cases for which there are
workarounds to cover deployed device behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Some deployed implementations seem to advertise incorrect information in
this attribute. A value of 0x1b (WPA2 + WPA + WPAPSK + OPEN, but no
WPA2PSK) has been reported to be used. Add WPA2PSK to the list to avoid
issues with building Credentials that do not use the strongest actually
supported authentication option (that device does support WPA2PSK even
when it does not claim it here).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
It was possible for the Registrar code to generate a Credential with
auth type WPAPSK (i.e., WPA v1) with encr type AES if the Enrollee
claimed support for WPAPSK and not WPA2PSK while the AP was configured
in mixed mode WPAPSK+WPA2PSK regardless of how wpa_pairwise (vs.
rsn_pairwise) was set since encr type was selected from the union of
wpa_pairwise and rsn_pairwise. This could result in the Enrollee
receiving a Credential that it could then not use with the AP.
Fix this by masking the encryption types separately on AP based on the
wpa_pairwise/rsn_pairwise configuration. In the example case described
above, the Credential would get auth=WPAPSK encr=TKIP instead of
auth=WPAPSK encr=AES.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This makes it somewhat easier for the station to be able to receive and
process the encrypted WNM-Notification frames that the AP previously
sentt immediately after receiving EAPOL-Key msg 4/4. While the station
is supposed to have the TK configured for receive before sending out
EAPOL-Key msg 4/4, not many actual implementations do that. As such,
there is a race condition in being able to configure the key at the
station and the AP sending out the first encrypted frame after EAPOL-Key
4/4. The extra 100 ms time here makes it more likely for the station to
have managed to configure the key in time.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add SSL_SESSION_get_master_key() compatibility wrapper for older OpenSSL
versions to be able to use the new openssl_tls_prf() implementation for
OpenSSL 1.1.0 with all supported versions.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
SSL_get_client_random() and SSL_get_server_random() will be added in
OpenSSL 1.1.0. Provide compatibility wrappers for older versions to
simplify the tls_connection_get_random() implementation.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The OpenSSL project will not support version 1.0.0 anymore. As there
won't be even security fixes for this branch, it is not really safe to
continue using 1.0.0 and we might as well drop support for it to allow
cleaning up the conditional source code blocks.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The OpenSSL project will not support version 0.9.8 anymore. As there
won't be even security fixes for this branch, it is not really safe to
continue using 0.9.8 and we might as well drop support for it to allow
cleaning up the conditional source code blocks.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It was possible for the p2p->pending_listen_freq to be left indicating
that there is a pending ROC for a listen operation if a P2P_FIND command
was timed to arrive suitably between a previous Listen operation issuing
a ROC request and the kernel code starting that request. This could
result in the P2P state machine getting stuck unable to continue the
find ("P2P: p2p_listen command pending already").
Fix this by clearing p2p->pending_listen_freq when starting P2P_FIND
command execution.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new optional group_ssid=<hexdump> argument in the P2PS-PROV-DONE
event can be used to help in identifying the exact group if there have
been multiple groups with the same P2P Interface Address in short period
of time.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
When we receive FST Setup Request when session already exists, the
following validations take place:
1. we drop the frame if needed according to MAC comparison
2. we drop the frame if the session is "not pending", i.e., if FST
Setup Response was already exchanged (sent or received).
There are two issues with the above:
1. MAC comparison is relevant only before the Setup Response exchange.
In other words, Setup Request should not be dropped due to MAC
comparison after Setup Response has been exchanged.
2. Receiving Setup Request after Setup Response exchange most likely
means that FST state machine is out of sync with the peer. Dropping
the Setup Request will not help solve this situation.
The fix is:
1. do MAC comparison only if session is "pending", i.e., Setup Response
was not yet exchanged.
2. In case Setup Response was already exchanged, reset our session and
handle the Setup Request as if it arrived when session doesn't exist.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Explicitly check for the failure event to include a certificate before
trying to build the event.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
While this could in theory be claimed to be ready for something to be
added to read a field following the server_write_IV, it does not look
likely that such a use case would show up. As such, just remove the
unused incrementing of pos at the end of the function to get rid of a
useless static analyzer complaint.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes some static analyzers complain about stored value never being
read. While it is good to clear some other temporary variables, this
local variable i has no security private information (it has a fixed
value of 20 here) and trying to clear it to 0 does not add any value.
Remove that part of the "wipe variables" to avoid one useless static
analyzer complaint.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
As a dedicated P2P Device interface does not have a network
interface associated with it, trying to call linux_iface_up()
on it would always fail so this call can be skipped for
such an interface.
Getting interface nlmode can be done only after bss->wdev_id is
set, so move this call to wpa_driver_nl80211_finish_drv_init(),
and do it only in case the nlmode != NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
IEEE Std 802.11-2012 11.3.5.4 specifies the PMKID for SAE-derived keys
as:
L((commit-scalar + peer-commit-scalar) mod r, 0, 128)
This is already calculated in the SAE code when the PMK is derived, but
not saved anywhere. Later, when generating the PMKID for plink action
frames, the definition for PMKID from 11.6.1.3 is incorrectly used.
Correct this by saving the PMKID when the key is generated and use it
subsequently.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Since hostapd supports ACS now, let's enable its support in
wpa_supplicant as well when starting AP mode.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
[u.oelmann@pengutronix.de: rebased series from hostap_2_1~944 to master]
[u.oelmann@pengutronix.de: adjusted added text in defconfig]
Signed-off-by: Ulrich Ölmann <u.oelmann@pengutronix.de>
Let's reuse hostapd code for such handling. This will be useful to get
ACS support into wpa_supplicant where this one needs to handle the
survey event so it fills in the result ACS subsystem will require.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
[u.oelmann@pengutronix.de: rebased series from hostap_2_1~944 to master]
Signed-off-by: Ulrich Ölmann <u.oelmann@pengutronix.de>
The data->state == WAIT_FRAG_ACK case is already handling all cases
where data->out_buf could be non-NULL, so this additional check after
the WAIT_FRAG_ACK steps cannot be reached. Remove the duplicated dead
code.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Previously, a fixed 1300 fragment_size was hardcoded. Now the EAP
profile parameter fragment_size can be used to override this.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows RADIUS failover to be performed if send() return EACCES
error which is what happens after a recent Linux kernel commit
0315e382704817b279e5693dca8ab9d89aa20b3f ('net: Fix behaviour of
unreachable, blackhole and prohibit') for a local sender when route type
is prohibit.
This fixes the hwsim test case radius_failover when running against a
kernel build that includes that commit.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit 986de33d5c ('Convert remaining SSID
routines from char* to u8*') started using wpa_ssid_txt() to print out
the SSID for the Called-Station-Id attribute in RADIUS messages. This
was further modified by commit 6bc1f95613
('Use printf escaping in SSID-to-printable-string conversion') to use
printf escaping (though, even without this, wpa_ssid_txt() would have
masked characters).
This is not desired for Called-Station-Id attribute. While it is defined
as a "String", RFC 2865 indicates that "a robust implementation SHOULD
support the field as undistinguished octets.".
Copy the SSID as an array of arbitrary octets into Called-Station-Id to
avoid any kind of masking or escaping behavior. This goes a step further
from the initial implementation by allowing even the possible (but
unlikely in practical use cases) 0x00 octet in the middle of an SSID.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This extends multi-OCSP support to verify status for intermediate CAs in
the server certificate chain.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
ocsp=3 extends ocsp=2 by require all not-trusted certificates in the
server certificate chain to receive a good OCSP status. This requires
support for ocsp_multi (RFC 6961). This commit is only adding the
configuration value, but all the currently included TLS library wrappers
are rejecting this as unsupported for now.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds a minimal support for using status_request_v2 extension and
ocsp_multi format (OCSPResponseList instead of OCSPResponse) for
CertificateStatus. This commit does not yet extend use of OCSP stapling
to validate the intermediate CA certificates.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows hostapd with the internal TLS server implementation to
support the extended OCSP stapling mechanism with multiple responses
(ocsp_stapling_response_multi).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds a new hostapd configuration parameter
ocsp_stapling_response_multi that can be used similarly to the existing
ocsp_stapling_response, but for the purpose of providing multiple cached
OCSP responses. This commit adds only the configuration parameter, but
does not yet add support for this mechanism with any of the supported
TLS implementations.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds support for hostapd-as-authentication-server to be build with
the internal TLS implementation and OCSP stapling server side support.
This is more or less identical to the design used with OpenSSL, i.e.,
the cached response is read from the ocsp_stapling_response=<file> and
sent as a response if the client requests it during the TLS handshake.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds support for hostapd-as-authentication-server to be build
against GnuTLS with OCSP stapling server side support. This is more or
less identical to the design used with OpenSSL, i.e., the cached
response is read from the ocsp_stapling_response=<file> and sent as a
response if the client requests it during the TLS handshake.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This message is sent at MSG_INFO level and it is supposed to go out even
even debug messages were to be removed from the build. As such, use
wpa_msg() instead of wpa_dbg() for it.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This error case in own buffer lengths being too short was not handled
properly. While this should not really happen since the wpabuf
allocation is made large for the fixed cases that are currently
supported, better make eap_eke_prot() safer if this functionally ever
gets extended with a longer buffer need.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Previously, the five second timeout was added at the beginning of the
full GAS query and it was not replenished during fragmented exchanges.
This could result in timing out a query if it takes significant time to
go through the possibly multiple fragments and long comeback delay.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Instead of using default list of methods, reject a configuration with an
unsupported EAP method at the time the main TLS method is being
initialized.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
When AES-WRAP was used to protect the EAPOL-Key Key Data field, this was
decrypted using a temporary heap buffer with aes_unwrap(). That buffer
was not explicitly cleared, so it was possible for the group keys to
remain in memory unnecessarily until the allocated area was reused.
Clean this up by clearing the temporary allocation explicitly before
freeing it.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
IPMK and CMK are derived from TK when using TLS session resumption with
PEAPv0 crypto binding. The EAP-PEAP peer implementation already
supported this, but the server side did not.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
eap_peap_parse_phase1() returned 0 unconditionally, so there was no need
for that return value or the code path that tried to address the error
case.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
On systems that have multiple WLAN rfkill instances, the rfkill code
can become confused into thinking that the device was unblocked when
in fact it wasn't, because it only matches on the WLAN type.
Since it then stores the new (unblocked) state from the wrong rfkill
instance, it will never retry the failing IFF_UP operation and the
user has to toggle rfkill again, or otherwise intervene manually, in
this case to get back to operational state.
Fix this by using the existing (but unused) ifname argument when the
rfkill instance is created to match to a specific rfkill index only.
As a P2P Device interface does not have a netdev interface associated
with it, use the name of a sibling interface to initialize the rfkill
context for the P2P Device interface. For nl80211, as the wiphy index
is known only after getting the driver capabilities from the kernel,
move the initialization of the rfkill object to
wpa_driver_nl80211_finish_drv_init().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
The rfkill processing in nl80211 driver assumes that the
INTERFACE_ENABLED/DISABLED will be also issued, so does not do much in
the rfkill callbacks. However, as a P2P Device interface is not
associated with a network interface, these events are not issued for it.
Handle rfkill events for the P2P_DEVICE interface by faking the
INTERFACE_ENABLED/DISABLED.
Signed-off-by: Moshe Benji <Moshe.Benji@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
The Setup Response timer is relatively fast (500 ms) and there are
instances where it fires on the responder side after the initiator has
already sent out the TDLS Setup Confirm frame. Prevent the processing of
this stale TDLS Setup Response frame on the initiator side.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Fix mostly theoretical NULL pointer dereference in
wpa_debug_open_linux_tracing() if /proc/mounts were to return a
malformed line.
Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
This patch fixes an issue with an invalid phase2 parameter value
auth=MSCHAPv2 getting interpreted as auth=MSCHAP (v1) which could
degrade security (though, only within a protected TLS tunnel). Now when
invalid or unsupported auth= phase2 parameter combinations are
specified, EAP-TTLS initialization throws an error instead of silently
doing something.
More then one auth= phase2 type cannot be specified and also both auth= and
autheap= options cannot be specified.
Parsing phase2 type is case sensitive (as in other EAP parts), so phase2
parameter auth=MSCHAPv2 is invalid. Only auth=MSCHAPV2 is correct.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
[Use cstr_token() to get rid of unnecessary allocation; cleanup]
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
There are two types of memory processing functions in the file
atheros_driver.c, such as memory and os_memory. Unify the processing
functions into one type which has the prefix "os_".
Signed-off-by: Matt Woods <matt.woods@aliyun.com>
This adds a CTRL-EVENT-EAP-TLS-CERT-ERROR and CTRL-EVENT-EAP-STATUS
messages with 'bad certificate status response' for cases where no valid
OCSP response was received, but the network profile requires OCSP to be
used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This completes OCSP stapling support on the TLS client side. Each
SingleResponse value is iterated until a response matching the server
certificate is found. The validity time of the SingleResponse is
verified and certStatus good/revoked is reported if all validation step
succeed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This adds the next step in completing TLS client support for OCSP
stapling. The BasicOCSPResponse is parsed, a signing certificate is
found, and the signature is verified. The actual sequence of OCSP
responses (SignleResponse) is not yet processed in this commit.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This adds the next step for OCSP stapling. The received OCSPResponse is
parsed to get the BasicOCSPResponse. This commit does not yet process
the BasicOCSPResponse.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows the internal TLS client implementation to accept
CertificateStatus message from the server when trying to use OCSP
stapling. The actual OCSPResponse is not yet processed in this commit,
but the CertificateStatus message is accepted to allow the TLS handshake
to continue.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows the internal TLS implementation to request server
certificate status using OCSP stapling. This commit is only adding code
to add the request. The response is not yet used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This prints the received ServerHello extensions into the debug log and
allows handshake to continue even if such extensions are included.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows the internal TLS implementation to parse a private key and a
certificate from a PKCS #12 file protected with
pbeWithSHAAnd3-KeyTripleDES-CBC.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This adds support for decrypting private keys protected with the old
PKCS #12 mechanism using OID pbeWithSHAAnd3-KeyTripleDES-CBC.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This adds support for optional functionality to validate server
certificate chain in TLS-based EAP methods in an external program.
wpa_supplicant control interface is used to indicate when such
validation is needed and what the result of the external validation is.
This external validation can extend or replace the internal validation.
When ca_cert or ca_path parameter is set, the internal validation is
used. If these parameters are omitted, only the external validation is
used. It needs to be understood that leaving those parameters out will
disable most of the validation steps done with the TLS library and that
configuration is not really recommend.
By default, the external validation is not used. It can be enabled by
addingtls_ext_cert_check=1 into the network profile phase1 parameter.
When enabled, external validation is required through the CTRL-REQ/RSP
mechanism similarly to other EAP authentication parameters through the
control interface.
The request to perform external validation is indicated by the following
event:
CTRL-REQ-EXT_CERT_CHECK-<id>:External server certificate validation needed for SSID <ssid>
Before that event, the server certificate chain is provided with the
CTRL-EVENT-EAP-PEER-CERT events that include the cert=<hexdump>
parameter. depth=# indicates which certificate is in question (0 for the
server certificate, 1 for its issues, and so on).
The result of the external validation is provided with the following
command:
CTRL-RSP-EXT_CERT_CHECK-<id>:<good|bad>
It should be noted that this is currently enabled only for OpenSSL (and
BoringSSL/LibreSSL). Due to the constraints in the library API, the
validation result from external processing cannot be reported cleanly
with TLS alert. In other words, if the external validation reject the
server certificate chain, the pending TLS handshake is terminated
without sending more messages to the server.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Do not override the parsing error with the "PAC block not terminated
with END" message if the reason for the END line not yet being seen is
in failure to parse an earlier line.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
It was possible to hit a NULL pointer dereference if Session-Id
derivation failed due to a memory allocation failure.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The EVP_MD_CTX and HMAC_CTX definitions are now hidden from applications
using OpenSSL. Fix compilation issues with OpenSSL 1.1.x-pre1 by using
the new API for allocating these structures.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This FTIE needs to be an exact copy of the one in (Re)Association
Response frame. Copy the stored element rather than building a new copy
that would not have the correct MIC value. This is needed to fix PTK
rekeying after FT protocol run.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The FTIE from (Re)Association Response frame was copied before
calculating the MIC. This resulted in incorrect value being used when
comparing the EAPOL-Key msg 2/4 value in case PTK rekeying was used
after FT protocol run. Fix this by storing the element after the MIC
field has been filled in.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
wpa_insert_pmkid() did not support cases where the original RSN IE
included any PMKIDs. That case can happen when PTK rekeying through
4-way handshake is used after FT protocol run. Such a 4-way handshake
used to fail with wpa_supplicant being unable to build the EAPOL-Key msg
2/4.
Fix this by extending wpa_insert_pmkid() to support removal of the old
PMKIDs, if needed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes it easier to interpret AP side debug log for a case where a
station specifies in unsupported management group cipher.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The new wpa_supplicant control interface command "TEST_ASSOC_IE
<hexdump>" can now be used to override the WPA/RSN IE for Association
Request frame and following 4-way handshake to allow protocol testing of
AP side processing of WPA/RSN IE.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This extends the internal TLS support for PKCS #5 v2.0 PBES2 private key
format with des-ede3-cbc encryption and PBKDF2 SHA-1.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This adds experimental support for using OCSP with libcurl that is built
against BoringSSL. This needs small modifications to libcurl to allow
CURLOPT_SSL_VERIFYSTATUS to be used to call
SSL_enable_ocsp_stapling(connssl->handle) in ossl_connect_step1().
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes it easier to share the OCSP implementation needed for
BoringSSL outside tls_openssl.c. For now, this is mainly for
http_curl.c.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
BoringSSL modified the struct sha_state_st (SHA_CTX) definition by
converting h0..h4 with h[5] array. This broke wpa_supplicant/hostapd
build with EAP-SIM enabled. BoringSSL restored the old version for
ANDROID builds, but only the new version is currently defined for
non-Android cases. For now, fix this by having matching selection in
fips_prf_openssl.c based on OPENSSL_IS_BORINGSSL and ANDROID defines.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
OpenSSL 1.1.x will apparently go out with "SSLeay" renamed in the API to
"OpenSSL", which broke the build here for fetching the version of the
running OpenSSL library when wpa_supplicant/hostapd is built against the
current OpenSSL snapshot.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
These needs to be cancelled so that the kernel driver does not get left
with all old entries blocking other offchannel operations.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows multiple external registrars to execute a WPS protocol run
with a WPS AP over UPnP. Previously, hostapd supported only a single WPS
peer entry at a time and if multiple ERs tried to go through a WPS
protocol instance concurrently, only one such exchange could succeed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add 'scan plans' to driver scan parameters for scheduled scan.
Each 'scan plan' specifies the number of iterations to run the scan
request and the interval between iterations. When a scan plan
finishes (i.e., it was run for the specified number of iterations),
the next scan plan is executed. The last scan plan will run
infinitely.
The maximum number of supported scan plans, the maximum number of
iterations for a single scan plan and the maximum scan interval
are advertised by the driver.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
conn->session_resumed was not set to 1 after successful use of a TLS
session ticket with EAP-FAST. This resulted in the wpa_supplicant STATUS
tls_session_reused showing incorrect value (0 instead of 1) when
EAP-FAST PAC was used. Fix this by setting conn->session_resumed = 1
when TLS handshake using the session ticket succeeds.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit af851914f8 ('Make
tls_connection_get_keyblock_size() internal to tls_*.c') broke
tls_connection_prf() with the internal TLS implementation when using
skip_keyblock=1. In practice, this broke EAP-FAST. Fix this by deriving
the correct number of PRF bytes before skipping the keyblock.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If the server/client certificate includes the extKeyUsage extension,
verify that the listed key purposes include either the
anyExtendedKeyUsage wildcard or id-kp-serverAuth/id-kp-clientAuth,
respectively.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
md4_vector(), md5_vector(), sha1_vector(), and sha256_vector() already
supported TEST_FAIL() with the OpenSSL crypto implementation, but the
same test functionality is needed for the internal crypto implementation
as well.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
It was possible for some NFC DH generation error paths to leak memory
since the old private/public key was not freed if an allocation failed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The internal TLS client implementation in wpa_supplicant can now be used
with the phase2 parameters tls_disable_tlsv1_0=1, tls_disable_tlsv1_1=1,
and tls_disable_tlsv1_2=1 to disable the specified TLS version(s).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This makes it simpler to add support for new TLS_CONN_* flags without
having to add a new configuration function for each flag.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows wpa_supplicant to return eap_tls_version STATUS information
when using the internal TLS client implementation.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The internal TLS client implementation can now be used with
ca_cert="probe://" to probe the server certificate chain. This is also
adding the related CTRL-EVENT-EAP-TLS-CERT-ERROR and
CTRL-EVENT-EAP-PEER-CERT events.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This extends the internal TLS client implementation to support signature
algorithms SHA384 and SHA512 in addition to the previously supported
SHA256.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Since we support only SHA256 (and not the default SHA1) with TLS v1.2,
the signature_algorithms extensions needs to be added into ClientHello.
This fixes interop issues with the current version of OpenSSL that uses
the default SHA1 hash if ClientHello does not specify allowed signature
algorithms.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This commit adds support for validating certificates with SHA384 and
SHA512 hashes. Those certificates are now very common so wpa_supplicant
needs support for them.
SHA384 and SHA512 hash functions are included in the previous commit.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
These will be used with the internal TLS implementation to extend hash
algorithm support for new certificates and TLS v1.2.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
This commit adds support for "hash://server/sha256/cert_hash_in_hex"
scheme in ca_cert property for the internal TLS implementation.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
In documentation is written: "If ca_cert and ca_path are not included,
server certificate will not be verified". This is the case when
wpa_supplicant is compiled with OpenSSL library, but when using the
internal TLS implementation and some certificates in CA chain are in
unsupported format (e.g., use SHA384 or SHA512 hash functions) then
verification fails even if ca_cert property is not specified.
This commit changes behavior so that certificate verification in
internal TLS implementation is really skipped when ca_cert is not
specified.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
If init_for_reauth fails, the EAP-SIM peer state was not freed properly.
Use eap_sim_deinit() to make sure all allocations get freed. This could
be hit only if no random data could be derived for NONCE_MT.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This adds the driver interface commands for issuing a request to abort
an ongoing scan operation.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION does not work with the IBSS/mesh BSSID, so clear
the signal strength instead of returning failure when SIGNAL_POLL is
used in an IBSS/mesh.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new max_oper_chwidth and freq2 arguments to P2P_CONNECT, P2P_INVITE,
and P2P_GROUP_ADD control interface commands can be used to request
larger VHT operating channel bandwidth to be used than the previously
used maximum 80 MHz.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This extends the previous design that covered only the VHT 80 MHz cases
for VHT channel flags. New functions are introduced to allow 160 MHz
bandwidth cases to determine the center channel and check availability
of a 160 MHz channel.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds definitions for the global operating classes 129 and 130 for
VHT 80+80 MHz and 160 MHz use cases.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Modify the FST peer connection check so it won't skip peers without MB
IEs making it more permissive for peers that didn't provide MB IEs
during association request. This can be helpful, e.g., in cases where a
STA's interface connected before it was added to the FST group. This
allows the AP to receive FST Action frames and initiate session with a
STA via STA's interface that doesn't expose MB IEs.
The adjusted FST protocol is still safe, as it protects itself in many
other ways (checking band info and it's accordance to the interfaces,
Setup IDs, connection states of the interfaces involved, etc.)
effectively avoiding all types of invalid situations.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The old wpa_supplicant/Makefile target test-eap_sim_common did not work
anymore and anyway, this test is better placed in the newer hwsim
framework to make sure the test case gets executed automatically.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Number of places were calling functions that are not included in
CONFIG_NO_WPA=y build anymore. Comment out such calls. In addition, pull
in SHA1 and MD5 for config_internal.c, if needed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
FST STA should always expose its MB IEs regardless of its connection
state and whether the connected AP is currently FST-enabled or not.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
When built with browser-android.c, hs20-osu-client used to always launch
the native/stock Android browser for OSU user interaction. This browser
is not present in all devices. It is better to give the option to the
user to select his/her browser.
Here the user will be shown a pop up to select the browser that he/she
wants.
Signed-off-by: Somdas Bandyopadhyay <somdas.bandyopadhyay@intel.com>
When an AP interface it created, it is also setup and subscribes
for management frames etc. However, when the interface is added by
wpa_supplicant, setting up for AP operations is redundant because
it will be done by wpa_supplicant on wpa_drv_init() when setting
the interface mode to AP.
In addition, it may cause wpa_supplicant to fail initializing the
interface as it will try to subscribe for management frames on this
interface but the interface is already registered.
Change this, so when adding an AP interface, make setting up the AP
optional, and use it only when the interface is added by hostapd but not
when it is added by wpa_supplicant.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
LibreSSL does not yet support the new API, so do not use it
when LIBRESSL_VERSION_NUMBER macro is defined.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behun <kabel@blackhole.sk>
When an AP is started on the 5.2 GHz band with 40 MHz bandwidth, a
scan is issued in order to handle 20/40 MHz coexistence. However,
the scan is issued even if iface->conf->no_pri_sec_switch is set,
which is redundant.
Fix this by checking iface->conf->no_pri_sec_switch before starting
the scan.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
The de-authentication flow in wpa_driver_nl80211_deauthenticate() can
result in a locally generated de-authentication event. To avoid getting
this extra event ignore_next_local_deauth flag is set, and should be
cleared when the next local deauth event is received. However, it is not
cleared when the event shows up after the wpa_supplicant has started a
connection with a new AP, and as a result it might ignore future
deauth event from the driver.
Fix this by clearing the flag if the event is locally generated.
Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
The authentication flow in wpa_driver_nl80211_authenticate() can
result in a locally generated de-authentication, in which both
next_local_deauth and ignore_next_local_deauth are set.
However, in mlme_event_deauth_disassoc(), when ignore_deauth_event is
set, the flag is cleared, but the flow immediately returns leaving
ignore_next_local_deauth set, which can result in ignoring future deauth
event from the driver, leaving the wpa_supplicant in an inconsistent
state.
Fix this by clearing both flags in case that next_local_deauth is set.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
This allows offloaded roaming to inform user space of the change in IP
subnet post roaming. The device may have roamed to a network which is in
a different subnet which will result in IP connectivity loss. Indicating
the change in subnet enables the user space to refresh the IP address or
to perform IP subnet validation if unknown status is indicated.
The driver indication is reported with a new event from wpa_supplicant
in the following format:
CTRL-EVENT-SUBNET-STATUS-UPDATE status=<0/1/2>
where
0 = unknown
1 = IP subnet unchanged (can continue to use the old IP address)
2 = IP subnet changed (need to get a new IP address)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The EAP peer state machine moved from IDLE to FAILURE state when the
EAPOL Authenticator triggered reauthentication with an
EAP-Request/Identity in a case where the associated started with FT
protocol or offloaded PMKSA cache use (4-way handshake using a
previously acquired PMK). This happened due to the altSuccess=TRUE
setting being left behind and not cleared when processing the restart of
authentication. Fix this by clearing altAccept and eapSuccess when going
through SUPP_PAE RESTART state.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The EAPOL AUTH_PAE state machine was left in incomplete state at the
completion of FT protocol. Set portValid = TRUE to allow the state
machine to proceed from AUTHENTICATING to AUTHENTICATED state, so that a
new EAPOL reauthentication can be triggered.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If a memory allocation fails while parsing driver capabilities, drop all
mode/channel/rate information instead of returning possibly partial
information.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Now hostapd will use station MAC-based permissions according to the
macaddr_acl policy also for drivers which use AP SME offload, but do not
support NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL for offloading MAC ACL processing. It
should be noted that in this type of case the association goes through
and the station gets disconnected immediately after that.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
wpa_sm_key_mgmt_set_pmk() was checking for proactive_key_caching to be
enabled before setting the PMK to the driver. This check is not required
and would mandate configuration setting of okc or proactive_key_caching
for cases which were not necessary.
Signed-off-by: Amarnath Hullur Subramanyam <amarnath@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new attribute can be used with
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_KEY_MGMT_ROAM_AUTH to indicate whether the IP
subnet was detected to have changed when processing offloaded roam/key
management.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If the Confirm message is received from the server before the Identity
exchange has been completed, the group has not yet been determined and
data->grp is NULL. The error path in eap_pwd_perform_confirm_exchange()
did not take this corner case into account and could end up
dereferencing a NULL pointer and terminating the process if invalid
message sequence is received. (CVE-2015-5316)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
All but the last fragment had their length checked against the remaining
room in the reassembly buffer. This allowed a suitably constructed last
fragment frame to try to add extra data that would go beyond the buffer.
The length validation code in wpabuf_put_data() prevents an actual
buffer write overflow from occurring, but this results in process
termination. (CVE-2015-5314)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
All but the last fragment had their length checked against the remaining
room in the reassembly buffer. This allowed a suitably constructed last
fragment frame to try to add extra data that would go beyond the buffer.
The length validation code in wpabuf_put_data() prevents an actual
buffer write overflow from occurring, but this results in process
termination. (CVE-2015-5315)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Using "STATUS" command triggers CTRL-EVENT-STATE-CHANGE and
CTRL-EVENT-CONNECTED (if connected to some AP) events. These events
cause problems in Android WifiStateMachine in Marshmallow. Due to these
events WifiStateMachine sometimes disconnects the OSU SSID connection,
while hs20-osu-client waits for IP address.
Signed-off-by: Somdas Bandyopadhyay <somdas.bandyopadhyay@intel.com>
Some APs may send RSC octets in EAPOL-Key message 3 of 4-Way Handshake
or in EAPOL-Key message 1 of Group Key Handshake in the opposite byte
order (or by some other corrupted way). Thus, after a successful
EAPOL-Key exchange the TSC values of received multicast packets, such as
DHCP, don't match the RSC one and as a result these packets are dropped
on replay attack TSC verification. An example of such AP is Sapido
RB-1732.
Work around this by setting RSC octets to 0 on GTK installation if the
AP RSC value is identified as a potentially having the byte order issue.
This may open a short window during which older (but valid)
group-addressed frames could be replayed. However, the local receive
counter will be updated on the first received group-addressed frame and
the workaround is enabled only if the common invalid cases are detected,
so this workaround is acceptable as not decreasing security
significantly. The wpa_rsc_relaxation global configuration property
allows the GTK RSC workaround to be disabled if it's not needed.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
While this is not part of RFC 4137, the way m.check(eapReqData) is
implemented in wpa_supplicant allows an EAP method to not update the
ignore value even though each such call is really supposed to get a new
response. It seems to be possible to hit a sequence where a previous EAP
authentication attempt terminates with sm->ignore set from the last
m.check() call and the following EAP authentication attempt could fail
to go through the expected code path if it does not clear the ignore
flag. This is likely only hit in some error cases, though. The hwsim
test cases could trigger this with the following sequence:
eap_proto_ikev2 ap_wps_m1_oom
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
When using CONFIG_TLS=internal and starting hostapd with multiple
configuration files that each initialize TLS server, the server
certificate and related data was not freed for all the interfaces on
exit path. Fix this by freeing the credential data that is stored
separately for each call to tls_init().
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Expire pending DB request for EAP-SIM/AKA/AKA'. Timeout defaults to 1
second and is user configurable in hostapd.conf (eap_sim_db_timeout).
Signed-off-by: Frederic Leroy <frederic.leroy@b-com.com>
This extends ieee80211_freq_to_channel_ext() with knowledge of the
operating classes for the 5 GHz channels 100..140.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Provide information on whether EAPOL-Key frame was sent successfully to
kernel for transmittion. wpa_eapol_key_send() will return
>= 0 on success and < 0 on failure. After receiving EAPOL-Key msg 3/4,
wpa_supplicant sends EAPOL-Key msg 4/4 and shows CTRL-EVENT-CONNECTED
only after verifying that the msg 4/4 was sent to kernel for
transmission successfully.
Signed-off-by: Avichal Agarwal <avichal.a@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyeong-Chae Lim <kcya.lim@samsung.com>
When multiple interfaces across mutiple radios are started using a
single instance of hostapd, they all come up at different times
depending upon how long the ACS and HT scan take on each radio. This
will result in stations (that already have the AP profile) associating
with the first interfaces that comes up. For example in a dual band
radio case (2G and 5G) with ACS enabled, 2G always comes up first
because the ACS scan takes less time on 2G and this results in all
stations associating with the 2G interface first.
This feature brings up all the interfaces at the same time. The list of
interfaces specified via hostapd.conf files on the command line are all
marked as sync interfaces. All the interfaces are synchronized in
hostapd_setup_interface_complete().
This feature is turned on with '-S' commmand line option.
Signed-off-by: Srinivasa Duvvuri <sduvvuri@chromium.org>
Assign nl80211vendor commands QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_OTA_TEST and
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SET_TXPOWER_SCALE as well as corresponding
attributes.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
P2P device discovery can add peer entries based on a message directly
from a peer and from a Probe Response frame from a GO for all the P2P
Clients in the group. The former case for filtering out control
characters from the device name while the latter was not. Make this
consistent and filter both cases in the same way to avoid confusing
external programs using the device name of a P2P peer.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
There is no point in sending TPK M3 (TDLS Setup Confirm) with a failure
status if the first transmission attempt fails. Instead, just return a
failure by disabling the link rather than retransmitting the TPK M3
frame with an error status.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
hmac_sha256_kdf() got pulled in only if CONFIG_ERP=y is set. Fix
test_sha256() by making the test case conditional on the function being
present.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
wpa_debug_reopen_file() used to write an error message at MSG_ERROR
level if it was called with last_path == NULL (the last debug log file
path not known). This is not a fatal error, but a normal case if
wpa_debug_open_file() has not been used. Remove the error message and
return success in such case.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Linux packet socket workaround(*) has an impact in performance when the
workaround socket needs to be kept open to receive EAPOL frames. While
this is normally avoided with a kernel that has the issue addressed by
closing the workaround packet socket when detecting a frame through the
main socket, it is possible for that mechanism to not be sufficient,
e.g., when an open network connection (no EAPOL frames) is used.
Add a build option (CONFIG_NO_LINUX_PACKET_SOCKET_WAR=y) to disable the
workaround. This build option is disabled by default and can be enabled
explicitly on distributions which have an older kernel or a fix for the
kernel regression.
Also remove the unused variable num_rx.
(*) Linux kernel commit 576eb62598f10c8c7fd75703fe89010cdcfff596
('bridge: respect RFC2863 operational state') from 2012 introduced a
regression for using wpa_supplicant with EAPOL frames and a station
interface in a bridge.
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
hmac_sha256() and hmac_sha256_vector() return a result code now, so use
that return value to terminate HMAC-SHA256-based GKDF/MIC similarly to
what was already done with the CMAC-based GKDF/MIC.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The recently added ProxyARP support (proxy_arp=1) in hostapd allows a
STA IPv4 address to be learned from DHCP or ARP messages. If that
information is available, add it to Account-Request messages in
Framed-IP-Address attribute.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The new hostapd configuration parameter no_probe_resp_if_max_sta=1 can
be used to request hostapd not to reply to broadcast Probe Request
frames from unassociated STA if there is no room for additional stations
(max_num_sta). This can be used to discourage a STA from trying to
associate with this AP if the association would be rejected due to
maximum STA limit.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If hostapd or wpa_supplicant is built from a git repository, add a
VERSION_STR postfix from the current git branch state. This is from "git
describe --dirty=+". VERSION_STR will thus look something like
"2.6-devel-hostap_2_5-132-g4363c0d+" for development builds from a
modified repository.
This behavior is enabled automatically if a build within git repository
is detected (based on ../.git existing). This can be disabled with
CONFIG_NO_GITVER=y in wpa_supplicant/.config and hostapd/.config.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
On TPK lifetime expiration, tear down the direct link before renewing
the link in the case of TDLS initiator processing. The expired key
cannot be used anymore, so it is better to explicitly tear down the old
link first.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This improves robustness of GO Negotiation in special cases where GO
Negotiation Request frames from the peer may end up getting delivered
multiple times, e.g., due to interference and retransmitted frames not
getting properly filtered out in duplicate detection (which is something
that number of drivers do not implement for pre-associated state).
If we have already replied with GO Negotiation Response frame with
Status 1 (not yet ready), do not reply to another GO Negotiation Request
frame from the peer if we have already received authorization from the
user (P2P_CONNECT command) for group formation and have sent out our GO
Negotiation Request frame. This avoids a possible sequence where two
independent GO Negotiation instances could go through in parallel if the
MAC address based rule on avoiding duplicate negotiations is not able to
prevent the case. This can allow GO Negotiation to complete successfully
whereas the previous behavior would have likely resulted in a failure
with neither device sending a GO Negotiation Confirm frame.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Some drivers (like mac80211) do not accept changing the TX bitrate mask
before the network interface is up. Thus, calling
nl80211_disable_11b_rates() before the interface is up fails, and the
P2P network interface continues to use invalid bitrates.
To fix this call nl80211_disable_11b_rates() immediately after the
interface is brought up (and also after rfkill is unblocked).
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
While testing, I noticed that printf_encode() makes control characters
human-readable, with one exemption, the DEL character (ASCII 127).
Assuming this exemption was unintentional, make it appear as an escaped
\x7f instead of a literal DEL character in the output.
Signed-off-by: Josh Lehan <krellan@krellan.net>
atheros_set_opt_ie() needs to be called before freeing drv->wpa_ie to
avoid hitting double-free on the deinit path. Similarly,
drv->wps_beacon_ie and drv->wps_probe_resp_ie could have been used after
being freed. Fix these be moving the atheros_set_opt_ie() call in
atheros_deinit().
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It is possible for a driver to support sufficient number of channels to
hit the previous limit of 200 characters for the "nl80211: Scan included
frequencies:" debug message. Increase the maximum buffer length to 300
characters to allow more complete list of scanned frequencies to be
written into the debug log. This limit is more in line with the
MAX_REPORT_FREQS (50) limit.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
In addition to the PTK length increasing, the length of the PMK was
increased (from 256 to 384 bits) for the 00-0f-ac:12 AKM. This part was
missing from the initial implementation and a fixed length (256-bit) PMK
was used for all AKMs.
Fix this by adding more complete support for variable length PMK and use
384 bits from MSK instead of 256 bits when using this AKM. This is not
backwards compatible with the earlier implementations.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The previous implementation used an obsolete sm->eapol_key_crypt pointer
which was not set anywhere (i.e., was always NULL). In addition, the
condition of sm->eap_if->eapKeyAvailable was not valid here since this
is the case of MSK from an external authentication server and not the
internal EAP server. Consequently, the wpa_auth_pmksa_add() call here
was never used.
The PMKSA cache was still added, but it happened at the completion of
the 4-way handshake rather than at the completion of EAP authentication.
That later location looks better, so delete the unreachable code in
Access-Accept handling. In addition, remove the now complete unused
struct eapol_state_machine eapol_key_* variables.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
With driver wrappers that implement set_privacy(), set_generic_elem(),
set_ieee8021x(), or set_ap_wps_ie(), it was possible to hit a NULL
pointer dereference in error cases where interface setup failed and
the network configuration used WPA/WPA2, IEEE 802.1X, or WPS.
Fix this by skipping the driver operations in case the driver interface
is not initialized.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Don't add unnecessary P2PS follow-on PD Request attributes when
the request status is not P2P_SC_SUCCESS_DEFERRED.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
In P2PS PD Request processing in some error case scenarios, such as
verification of the WPS config method, the flow aborts before saving
mandatory P2PS PD Request attributes. This in turn causes the control
interface notification events to be sent with invalid parameters.
Fix this by changing the order of verification and processing steps of
the PD Request message handling.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
On successful P2P PD, report the chosen frequency in case the local
device is going to be the P2P GO, so in can later be used to instantiate
the new P2P GO, etc.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
In case the P2PS PD Response includes the P2P Channel List attribute,
update the peer device supported channels and verify that the local
device has common channels with the peer (only a sanity check).
If the Operating Channel attribute is included in the response, check
that it is included in the intersection and store it as the peer's
operating frequency (so it could later be used in the join flow, etc.).
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
In case the P2PS PD Request includes the P2P Channel List attribute,
update the peer device supported channels and check if we have common
channels with the peer that can be used for the connection establishment
based on the connection capabilities:
1. In case of P2PS PD Request with no common channels, defer
the flow unless auto accept equals true and the connection
capabilities equals NEW (in which case the channels would be
negotiated in the GO Negotiation).
2. In case of Follow up P2PS PD Request with no common channels,
reject the request unless the connection capability is NEW.
In addition, in case of a successful P2PS PD, save the device
operating frequency (so it can be later used for join flow, etc.).
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Add operating channel selection and channel list processing similar to
that done when building GO Negotiation Request, i.e., consider the
currently used channels, configured channels, etc.
P2PS introduces a flow where a responder needs to provide channel data
without being previously aware of the current constraints, i.e., the
channels currently in use by other interfaces. To handle this, extend
the get_group_capability() callback to also handle channel selection
aspects of group capabilities.
In case there is an active P2P GO that is going to be used for the P2PS
PD, force its current operating frequency in the PD attributes.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
If a Provision Discovery Request is received for an unknown peer, a new
device entry is being added, but the flow continues without updating the
local p2p_device pointer, requiring to check the pointer value before
every access.
1. Change this, so once a device is added, the flow updates the local
p2p_device pointer and avoids the checks later in the flow.
2. If the device is not known even after adding it, skip the processing,
send the PD Response, and return.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
It is possible that p2p_build_prov_disc_resp() is called with a NULL
device entry, which might be dereferenced when calling
p2p->cfg->get_persistent_group() for the P2PS with persistent group
case. Fix this by checking the device pointer before accessing it.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Write a text version of the content type and handshake type in debug log
to make it easier to follow TLS exchange.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The utf8_string_len comparison was off by one and ended up accepting a
truncated three-byte encoded UTF-8 character at the end of the string if
the octet was missing. Since the password string gets null terminated in
the configuration, this did not result in reading beyond the buffer, but
anyway, it is better to explicitly reject the string rather than try to
use an incorrectly encoded UTF-8 string as the password.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
BoringSSL has removed the OpenSSL OCSP implementation (OCSP_*()
functions) and instead, provides only a minimal mechanism for include
the status request extension and fetching the response from the server.
As such, the previous OpenSSL-based implementation for OCSP stapling is
not usable with BoringSSL.
Add a new implementation that uses BoringSSL to request and fetch the
OCSP stapling response and then parse and validate this with the new
implementation within wpa_supplicant. While this may not have identical
behavior with the OpenSSL-based implementation, this should be a good
starting point for being able to use OCSP stapling with BoringSSL.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Validate that all the required attributes appear in a P2PS PD Request,
and in addition, in the case of follow-on PD Request, check that the
given values match those of the original PD Request.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
When a follow-on PD request is received, peer should not send a
follow-on PD response except the case when the PD request status value
is 12 (Success: accepted by user). Previously, the wpa_supplicant
implementation behaved differently sending the follow-on PD Response on
any follow-on PD Request.
Fix the issue by adding the following changes:
1. Don't send PD Response if the follow-on PD Request status is
different than 12 (seeker side).
2. Don't wait for the follow-on PD Response if the follow-on PD
Request was sent with the status different than 12 (advertiser
side).
3. If the follow-on PD Request was sent with the status different
than 12 use the follow-on PD Request ACK as PD completion event
(advertiser side).
4. Notify ASP about the PD completion by sending P2PS-PROV-DONE with
the PD Request status (advertiser side).
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
It is expected that p2p_flush() should stop any ongoing p2p operation.
However, this was not the case with extended listen which was not
cancelled on p2p_flush() flows. Fix this, by cancelling the extended
listen in p2p_flush().
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
The new hostapd configuration parameter anqp_elem can now be used to
configure arbitrary ANQP-elements for the GAS/ANQP server. In addition
to supporting new elements, this can be used to override previously
supported elements if some special values are needed (mainly for testing
purposes).
The parameter uses following format:
anqp_elem=<InfoID>:<hexdump of payload>
For example, AP Geospatial Location ANQP-element with unknown location:
anqp_elem=265:0000
and AP Civic Location ANQP-element with unknown location:
anqp_elem=266:000000
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The switch to BoringSSL broke keystore-backed keys because
wpa_supplicant was using the dynamic ENGINE loading to load
the keystore module.
The ENGINE-like functionality in BoringSSL is much simpler
and this change should enable it.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
Some devices cannot respond to inactive client probe (empty data frame)
within one second. For example, iPhone may take up to 3 secs. This
becomes a significant problem when ap_max_inactivity is set to lower
value such as 10 secs. iPhone can lose Wi-Fi connection after ~1 min
of user inactivity.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Ivanov <dima@ubnt.com>
On RADIUS auth/acct failures hostapd will try a new server if one is
available. Reuse the failover logic to force a socket renewal if only
one RADIUS server is configured.
This fixes problems when a route for the RADIUS server gets added after
the socket was "connected". The RADIUS socket is still sending the
RADIUS requests out using the previous route.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
IEEE Std 802.11-2012 13.3.1 states that the AID should be generated on
the local node for each peer. Previously, we were using the peer link ID
(generated by the peer) which may not be unique among all peers. Correct
this by reusing the AP AID generation code.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Commit d66dcb0d0b ('WEP: Remove VLAN
support from hostapd') already removed VLAN support for WEP encryption,
so vlan_setup_encryption_dyn() is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
This ensures that group key is set as long as the interface exists.
Additionally, ifconfig_up is needed as wpa_group will enter
FATAL_FAILURE if the interface is still down. Also vlan_remove_dynamic()
is moved after wpa_auth_sta_deinit() so vlan_remove_dynamic() can check
it was the last user of the wpa_group.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
Some APs don't include a CSA IE when an ECSA IE is generated,
and mac80211 used to fail following their channel switch. Add
a testing option to hostapd to allow reproducing the behavior.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fix and extend the ieee80211_freq_to_channel_ext() function to deal
correctly with VHT operating classes (128, 129, 130).
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
The CSA channel and operating class values need to be set for all types
of channel switch (i.e., either if it's triggered by the control
interfaces or due to the GO-follows-STA flow). To do so, move the code
that sets them from the GO-follows-STA flow to the more generic
hostapd_fill_csa_settings() function.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
The hostapd_hw_get_channel() function can't be used to convert center
frequencies to channel numbers, because the hw mode lists don't have all
the center frequencies. The hw mode lists have the main channel
frequencies and flags to indicate the channel topography.
For instance, channel 5805 with VHT80- has the channel center frequency
segment 0 at 5775. This segment is only indicated indirectly in the hw
mode list by the HOSTAPD_CHAN_VHT_50_30 flag. The hw mode list doesn't
have any elements with frequency 5775 to allow the conversion to a
channel number. Thus, we need to use ieee80211_freq_to_chan() instead.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Pass to the driver a list of CSA counter offsets when sending Probe
Response frames during a CSA period. This allows the kernel to correctly
update the CSA/eCSA elements.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Some management frames contain CSA counters which should be updated by
kernel. Change driver op send_mlme() allowing to send a frame,
specifying an array of offsets to the CSA counters which should be
updated. For example, CSA offsets parameters should be specified when
sending Probe Response frames during CSA period.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Advertise current operating class in Beacon and Probe Response frames.
This Supported Operating Classes element is required by the standard
when extended channel switch is supported. However, since this element
doesn't reflect correctly the sub-band spectrum breakdown and can't be
effectively used by clients, publish only the minimal required part
which is the current operating class.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Fix the order of CSA, eCSA, Secondary Channel Offset, and Wide Bandwidth
Channel Switch Wrapper elements in Beacon and Probe Response frames.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Add new GO frequency move policy. The P2P_GO_FREQ_MOVE_SCM_ECSA prefers
SCM if all the clients advertise eCSA support and the candidate
frequency is one of the group common frequencies.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Extended channel switch provides an ability to switch between operating
classes and is required for P2P Devices by the P2P specification when
switching in 5 GHz.
When the operating class is provided for channel switch, the AP/P2P GO
will use eCSA IE in addition to the regular CSA IE both on 2.4 GHz and 5
GHz bands.
Transitions between different hw_modes are not supported.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Channel switch may be performed using both CSA and eCSA IEs together.
This may happen, for example with a P2P GO on band A with legacy
clients. Extend driver API to support up to 2 CSA counters.
This patch also includes the required implementation for nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
When building Beacon and Probe Response frames for the target channel,
consider bandwidth parameter for VHT channels. In addition, add support
for updating vht_oper_centr_freq_seg0_idx and
vht_oper_centr_freq_seg1_idx.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
When switching to a VHT channel with width greater than 20 MHz, add Wide
Bandwidth Channel Switch element. This element is added in Beacon and
Probe Response frames inside Channel Switch Wrapper element.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
When CSA is started, hostapd_change_config_freq() computes the channel
from the provided frequency. Use this stored channel to add CSA IE in
Beacon frames, instead of recomputing the channel each time.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
All the other web_connection_parse_*() functions were already doing
this, so make the GET handler consistent as well.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit 7d711541dc ('Clear TK part of PTK
after driver key configuration') started clearing TK from memory
immediately after having configured it to the driver when processing
EAPOL-Key message 3/4. While this covered the most common case, it did
not take into account the possibility of the authenticator having to
retry EAPOL-Key message 3/4 in case the first EAPOL-Key message 4/4
response is lost. That case ended up trying to reinstall the same TK to
the driver, but the key was not available anymore.
Fix the EAPOL-Key message 3/4 retry case by configuring TK to the driver
only once. There was no need to try to set the same key after each
EAPOL-Key message 3/4 since TK could not change. If actual PTK rekeying
is used, the new TK will be configured once when processing the new
EAPOL-Key message 3/4 for the first time.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows the binary sizes to be reduced if no support for nl80211
vendor extensions are needed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Allow wpa_supplicant to use vendor scan (if supported by the driver)
together with the normal nl80211 scan and handling external scan events.
Since this results in possibility of concurrent scan operations, some of
the operations related to scan results need to check more carefully when
an event is relevant for a specific interface.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This commit contains the necessary changes for supporting the QCA vendor
scan implementation, i.e., sending the vendor scan command to underlying
driver and handling the vendor scan events from the driver.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Introduce definitions for QCA vendor specific subcommands
and attributes to support vendor scan request.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This fixes an issue where hostapd SET command is used to configure RSN
parameters and the wpa parameter is sent after the other parameters.
Previously, the default case here ended up clearing rsn_pairwise and
wpa_pairwise values and once wpa=2 was finally set, the cipher
configuration had already been lost.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Split chown() call in wpa_ctrl_open() and wpa_ctrl_open2() to allow the
group id to be set even if the process does not have privileges to
change the owner. This is needed for modules that need to communicate
with wpa_supplicant since without the group change, wpa_supplicant may
not have privileges to send the response to a control interface command.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, station's VHT information elements were copied and passed
regardless of the AP's VHT configuration. As a result, AP with VHT
disabled in configuration could have ended up transmitting packets in
VHT rates though AP is not advertising VHT support. Fix this by copying
the station's VHT capabilities only when AP supports VHT (both hardware
and configuration).
Signed-off-by: Ashok Raj Nagarajan <arnagara@qti.qualcomm.com>
The GTK value received in RSN (WPA2) group rekeying did not use the
wpa_hexdump_key() version of debug printing that is conditional on -K
being included on the command line.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Use shorter variables for storing the attribute lengths and group these
variables together to allow compiler to pack them more efficiently. This
reduces the struct size from 960 bytes to 760 bytes in 64-bit builds.
This reduces stack use in number of functions.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
There is no need to maintain two concurrent instances of struct
wps_parse_attr in this function. Share a single structure for parsing
both IEs.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reset hapd->num_probereq_cb to 0 on an interface deinit to avoid
unexpected behavior if the same interface is enabled again without fully
freeing the data structures. hostapd_register_probereq_cb() increments
hapd->num_probereq_cb by one and leaves all old values unchanged. In
this deinit+init case, that would result in the first entry in the list
having an uninitialized pointer and the next Probe Request frame
processing would likely cause the process to terminate on segmentation
fault.
This issue could be hit when hostapd was used with WPS enabled (non-zero
wps_state configuration parameter) and control interface command DISABLE
and ENABLE were used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This is needed to allow new operation to be started after an error
without having to wait for the AP entry to time out.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
wpa_supplicant_parse_ies() was never supposed to be used as a generic IE
parser, i.e., it is for the specific purpose of parsing EAPOL-Key Key
Data IEs and KDEs. TDLS used this function for parsing generic AP IEs
and while that works, it resulted in confusing "WPA: Unrecognized
EAPOL-Key Key Data IE" debug messages. Clean this up by using
ieee802_11_parse_elems() for the cases where generic IEs are being
parsed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This extends the previous tracking design to add a station entry based
on other management frames than Probe Request frames. For example, this
covers a case where the station is using passive scanning.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The new no_auth_if_seen_on=<ifname> parameter can now be used to
configure hostapd to reject authentication from a station that was seen
on another radio.
This can be used with enabled track_sta_max_num configuration on another
interface controlled by the same hostapd process to reject
authentication attempts from a station that has been detected to be
capable of operating on another band, e.g., to try to reduce likelihood
of the station selecting a 2.4 GHz BSS when the AP operates both a 2.4
GHz and 5 GHz BSS concurrently.
Note: Enabling this can cause connectivity issues and increase latency for
connecting with the AP.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows control interface monitors to get more detailed information
in cases where wpa_supplicant-based SME receives an Authentication frame
with non-zero status code.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The new no_probe_resp_if_seen_on=<ifname> parameter can now be used to
configure hostapd to not reply to group-addressed Probe Request from a
station that was seen on another radio.
This can be used with enabled track_sta_max_num configuration on another
interface controlled by the same hostapd process to restrict Probe
Request frame handling from replying to group-addressed Probe Request
frames from a station that has been detected to be capable of operating
on another band, e.g., to try to reduce likelihood of the station
selecting a 2.4 GHz BSS when the AP operates both a 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz
BSS concurrently.
Note: Enabling this can cause connectivity issues and increase latency
for discovering the AP.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
hostapd can now be configured to track unconnected stations based on
Probe Request frames seen from them. This can be used, e.g., to detect
dualband capable station before they have associated. Such information
could then be used to provide guidance on which colocated BSS to use in
case of a dualband AP that operates concurrently on multiple bands under
the control of a single hostapd process.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
For now, there is no support for passing extended_capa pointers through
the driver_privsep.c interface from wpa_priv. Avoid leaving bogus
pointers by explicitly clearing these on both wpa_priv and
wpa_supplicant sides.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
DSSS/CCK rate support in 40 MHz has to be set to 0 for 5 GHz band since
this mechanism is designed only for the 2.4 GHz band. Clear
HT_CAP_INFO_DSSS_CCK40MHZ in ht_capab when the configured mode is
neither 11b nor 11g.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
This adds a new helper function wpa_ctrl_open2() that can be used
instead of wpa_ctrl_open() to override the default client socket
directory. Add optional -s<directory path> argument to hostapd_cli and
wpa_cli to allow the client socket directory to be specified.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
No need to have a common failure handler if it is used from only a
single location and that lcoation does not even need the memory freeing
step.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Previously, the EAP-WSC peer state machine ended up just ignoring an
error and waiting for a new message from the AP. This is not going to
recover the exchange, so simply force the connection to terminate
immediately.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The hbp pointer is moved to the next space already earlier in this code
path, so the while loop here did not really do anything.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
It was possible for wpa_auth_sm_event(WPA_DEAUTH) to be called from
wpa_sm_step() iteration in the case the EAPOL authenticator state
machine ended up requesting the station to be disconnected. This
resulted in unnecessary recursive call to wpa_sm_step(). Avoid this by
using the already running call to process the state change.
It was possible to hit this sequence in the hwsim test case
ap_wpa2_eap_eke_server_oom.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Clearing keyRun here is not specified in IEEE Std 802.1X-2004, but it
looks like this would be logical thing to do here since the EAPOL-Key
exchange is not possible in this state. It is possible to get here on
disconnection event without advancing to the AUTHENTICATING state to
clear keyRun before the IEEE 802.11 RSN authenticator state machine runs
and that may advance from AUTHENTICATION2 to INITPMK if keyRun = TRUE
has been left from the last association. This can be avoided by clearing
keyRun here.
It was possible to hit this corner case in the hwsim test case
ap_wpa2_eap_eke_server_oom in the case getKey operation was forced to
fail memory allocation. The following association resulted in the
station getting disconnected when entering INITPMK without going through
EAP authentication.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows an empty nested list (i.e., no MAC addresses) to be included
in the NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL message unlike with
nla_nest_start()/nla_nest_end() where the current libnl implementation
removes the "empty" attribute and causes cfg80211 to reject the command.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
While the EAPOL-Key MIC derivation was already changed from SHA256 to
SHA384 for the Suite B 192-bit AKM, KDF had not been updated similarly.
Fix this by using HMAC-SHA384 instead of HMAC-SHA256 when deriving PTK
from PMK when using the Suite B 192-bit AKM.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Config file is written to a temp file and then it is renamed to the
original config file. However, it is possible that the rename operation
will be commited to storage while file data will be still in cache
causing original config file to be empty or partially written in case of
a system reboot without a clean shutdown. Make this less likely to occur
by forcing the data to be written to the storage device before renaming
the file.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
Commit 7da4f4b499 ('WPS: Check maximum
HTTP body length earlier in the process') added too strict check for
body length allocation. The comparison of new_alloc_nbytes against
h->max_bytes did not take into account that HTTPREAD_BODYBUF_DELTA was
added to previous allocation even if that ended up going beyond
h->max_bytes. This ended up rejecting some valid HTTP operations, e.g.,
when checking AP response to WPS ER setting selected registrar.
Fix this by taking HTTPREAD_BODYBUF_DELTA into account.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit de2a7b796d ('OpenSSL: Use
connection certificate chain with PKCS#12 extra certs') added a new
mechanism for doing this with OpenSSL 1.0.2 and newer. However, it did
not poinr out anything in debug log if SSL_add1_chain_cert() failed. Add
such a debug print and also silence static analyzer warning on res being
stored without being read (since the error case is ignored at least for
now).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This can be used to limit TLS session resumption within a TLS library
implementation to apply only for the cases where the same EAP method is
used. While the EAP server method matching will be enforced separately
by EAP server method implementations, this additional steps can optimize
cases by falling back to full authentication instead of having to reject
attempts after having completed session resumption successfully.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The new tls_connection_set_success_data(),
tls_connection_set_success_data_resumed(),
tls_connection_get_success_data(), and tls_connection_remove_session()
functions can be used to mark cached sessions valid and to remove
invalid cached sessions. This commit is only adding empty functions. The
actual functionality will be implemented in followup commits.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This new hostapd configuration parameter can be used to enable TLS
session resumption. This commit adds the configuration parameter through
the configuration system and RADIUS/EAPOL/EAP server components. The
actual changes to enable session caching will be addressed in followup
commits.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The EAP server is not yet capable of using TLS session ticket to resume
a session. Explicitly disable use of TLS session ticket with
EAP-TLS/TTLS/PEAP to avoid wasting resources on generating a session
ticket that cannot be used for anything.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
BoringSSL does not support 192-bit AES, so these parts of the
wpa_supplicant module tests would fail.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This is needed at least with BoringSSL to avoid accepting OCSP-required
configuration with a TLS library that does not support OCSP stapling.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Unlike OpenSSL PKCS12_parse(), the BoringSSL version seems to require
the password pointer to be non-NULL even if no password is present. Map
passwrd == NULL to passwd = "" to avoid a NULL pointer dereference
within BoringSSL.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
BoringSSL commit 533ef7304d9b48aad38805f1997031a0a034d7fe ('Remove
SSL_clear calls in handshake functions.') triggered a regression for
EAP-TLS/TTLS/PEAP session resumption in wpa_supplicant due to the
removed SSL_clear() call in ssl3_connect() going away and wpa_supplicant
not calling SSL_clear() after SSL_shutdown(). Fix this by adding the
SSL_clear() call into wpa_supplicant after SSL_shutdown() when preparing
the ssl instance for another connection.
While OpenSSL is still call SSL_clear() in ssl3_connect(), it looks to
be safe to add this call to wpa_supplicant unconditionally.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This function does not seem to be available in BoringSSL. Since it is
needed for EAP-FAST (which is not currently working with BoringSSL),
address this by commenting out the EAP-FAST specific step from builds
that do not include EAP-FAST support.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It looks like BoringSSL does include that function even though it claims
support for OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER where this is available (1.0.2). For
now, comment out that call to fix build.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It looks like BoringSSL has removed the AES_wrap_key(), AES_unwrap_key()
API. This broke wpa_supplicant/hostapd build since those functions from
OpenSSL were used to replace the internal AES key wrap implementation.
Add a new build configuration option
(CONFIG_OPENSSL_INTERNAL_AES_WRAP=y) to allow the internal
implementation to be used with CONFIG_OPENSSL=y build to allow build
against the latest BoringSSL version.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 6959145b86 ('FST: Integration into
hostapd') introduced this duplicated call due to an incorrect merge
conflict resolution in ap_sta_set_authorized(). An earlier commit
61fc90483f ('P2P: Handle improper WPS
termination on GO during group formation') had moved this call to an
earlier location in the function and there is no point in re-introducing
another copy of the call at the end of the function.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Couple of the for-each-interface loops used incorrect return value when
skipping over non-WPS interfaces. This could result in skipping some WPS
interfaces in the loop and returning error. Setting AP PIN did not check
for WPS being enabled at all and trigger a NULL pointer dereference if
non-WPS interface was enabled.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Incorrect number of bytes was skipped from the beginning of the line
which resulted in the loop skipping spaces doing nothing. However, the
following operation was simply looking for the max-age parameter with
os_strstr(), so this did not have any effect on functionality. Fix the
number of bytes to skip and remove the unneeded loop to skip spaces.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
It was possible for the Hotspot 2.0 case of OSU user interaction to fail
with wpadebug browser due to permission denial in the "start" command
("java.lang.SecurityException: Permission Denial: startActivity asks to
run as user -2 but is calling from user 0; this requires
android.permission.INTERACT_ACROSS_USERS_FULL"). Avoid this by using
more flexible USER_CURRENT_OR_SELF (-3) value with the --user argument.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
cfg80211 sends TSF information with the attribute NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF
if the scan results include information from Beacon frame. Probe
Response frame information is included in NL80211_BSS_TSF. If the device
receives only Beacon frames, NL80211_BSS_TSF might not carry updated
TSF, which results an older TSF being used in wpa_supplicant. Fetch both
possible TSF values (if available) and choose the latest TSF for the BSS
entry.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
When using P2P invitation to re-invoke a persistent P2P group without
specifying the operating channel, query the driver for the preferred
frequency list, and use it to select the operating channel of the group.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
When using OpenSSL 1.0.2 or newer, this replaces the older
SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert() design with SSL_add1_chain_cert() to keep
the extra chain certificates out from SSL_CTX and specific to each
connection. In addition, build and rearrange extra certificates with
SSL_build_cert_chain() to avoid incorrect certificates and incorrect
order of certificates in the TLS handshake.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Previously, the possible extra certificate(s) from a PKCS#12 file was
added once for each authentication attempt. This resulted in OpenSSL
concatenating the certificates multiple time (add one copy for each try
during the wpa_supplicant process lifetime). Fix this by clearing the
extra chain certificates before adding new ones when using OpenSSL 1.0.1
or newer that include the needed function.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This code path could not be hit with the RSNE generated by hostapd or
wpa_supplicant, but it is now possible to reach when using
own_ie_override test functionality. The RSNE and IE buffer length were
not updated correct in case wpa_insert_pmkid() had to add the RSN
Capabilities field.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows the new own_ie_override=<hexdump> configuration parameter to
be used to replace the normally generated WPA/RSN IE(s) for testing
purposes in CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The PMKIDCount, PMKID List, and Group Management Cipher Suite fields are
optional to include in the RSNE in cases where these would not have
values that are different from the default values. In practice,
PMKIDCount is always 0 in Beacon and Probe Response frames, so the only
field of these that could have a non-default value is Group Management
Cipher Suite. When BIP is used, that field is not needed either due to
BIP being the default cipher when PMF is enabled.
Remove these fields from RSNE when BIP is used to save six octets in
Beacon and Probe Response frames. In addition to reduced frame length,
this is a workaround for interoperability issues with iOS 8.4 in cases
where FT and PMF are enabled. iOS seems to be rejecting EAPOL-Key msg
3/4 during FT initial mobility domain association if the RSNE includes
the PMKIDCount field.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This is similar to the earlier commit
b363121a20 ('WPS: Reject invalid
credential more cleanly'), but for the AP cases where AP settings are
being replaced. Previously, the new settings were taken into use even if
the invalid PSK/passphrase had to be removed. Now, the settings are
rejected with such an invalid configuration.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Use NULL to indicate if the address is not available instead of fixed
00:00:00:00:00:00. wpas_p2ps_prov_complete() already had code for
converting NULL to that all zeros address for event messages.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Change P2PS P2P-PROV-SHOW-PIN/P2P-PROV-ENTER-PIN event notifications
on PD Request/Response handling to meet required P2PS behavior.
The new implemented scheme:
1. For a legacy P2P provision discovery the event behavior remains
without changes
2. P2PS PD, advertiser method: DISPLAY, autoaccept: TRUE:
Advertiser: SHOW-PIN on PD request replied with a status SUCCESS
Seeker: ENTER-PIN on PD response received with a status SUCCESS
3. P2PS PD, advertiser method: DISPLAY, autoaccept: FALSE:
Advertiser: SHOW-PIN on PD request replied with a status
INFO_CURRENTLY_UNAVAILABLE
Seeker: ENTER-PIN on Follow-on PD request with a status
SUCCESS_DEFERRED
4. P2PS PD, advertiser method: KEYPAD, autoaccept: TRUE/FALSE:
Advertiser: ENTER-PIN on PD request replied with a status
INFO_CURRENTLY_UNAVAILABLE
Seeker: SHOW-PIN on PD response received with a status
INFO_CURRENTLY_UNAVAILABLE
This change in behavior breaks the existing test cases
p2ps_connect_keypad_method_nonautoaccept and
p2ps_connect_display_method_nonautoaccept. Those will be fixed in a
followup commit.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Add a function to compute the group common frequencies, and
use it to update the group_common_frequencies as part of the
channel switch flows.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Add ieee80211_freq_to_channel_ext() conversion function into
ieee802_11_common.c. This function converts freq to channel and
additionally computes operating class, based on provided HT and VHT
parameters.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
This makes it possible to use these helper functions from hostapd as
well as the current use in wpa_supplicant.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This buffer is owned by the FST module, so mark it const in the
set_ies() callback to make it clearer which component is responsible for
modifying and freeing this.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This fixes an issue where freed MB IEs buffer memory could potentially
have been accessed after an interface is detached from FST group.
Without this fix, if an interface is detached from FST group, it can use
MB IEs buffer previously set by fst_iface_set_ies(), although the buffer
was released by fst_iface_delete().
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The mesh SAE auth often fails with master branch. By bisect I found
commit eb5fee0bf5 ('SAE: Add side-channel
protection to PWE derivation with ECC') causes this issue. This does not
mean the commit has a bug. This is just a CPU resource issue.
After the commit, sae_derive_pwe_ecc() spends 101(msec) on my PC (Intel
Atom N270 1.6GHz). But dot11RSNASAERetransPeriod is 40(msec). So
auth_sae_retransmit_timer() is always called and it can causes
continuous frame exchanges. Before the commit, it was 23(msec).
On the IEEE 802.11 spec, the default value of dot11RSNASAERetransPeriod
is defined as 40(msec). But it looks short because generally mesh
functionality will be used on low spec devices. Indeed Raspberry Pi B+
(ARM ARM1176JZF-S 700MHz) requires 287(msec) for new
sae_derive_pwe_ecc().
So this patch makes the default to 1000(msec) and makes it configurable.
This issue does not occur on infrastructure SAE because the
dot11RSNASAERetransPeriod is not used on it.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
The new CONFIG_NO_RC4=y build option can be used to remove all internal
hostapd and wpa_supplicant uses of RC4. It should be noted that external
uses (e.g., within a TLS library) do not get disabled when doing this.
This removes capability of supporting WPA/TKIP, dynamic WEP keys with
IEEE 802.1X, WEP shared key authentication, and MSCHAPv2 password
changes.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
FIPS_mode_set(1) cannot be called multiple times which could happen in
some dynamic interface cases. Avoid this by enabling FIPS mode only
once. There is no code in wpa_supplicant to disable FIPS mode, so once
it is enabled, it will remain enabled.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
MD4 is not allowed in such builds, so comment out md4_vector() from the
build to force compile time failures for cases that cannot be supported
instead of failing the MD¤ operations at runtime. This makes it easier
to detect and fix accidental cases where MD4 could still be used in some
older protocols.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit 94f1fe6f63 ('Remove master key
extraction from tls_connection_get_keys()') left only fetching of
server/client random, but did not rename the function and structure to
minimize code changes. The only name is quite confusing, so rename this
through the repository to match the new purpose.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
tls_connection_get_keys() used to return TLS master secret, but that
part was removed in commit 94f1fe6f63
('Remove master key extraction from tls_connection_get_keys()'). Since
then, there is no real need for preventing this function from being used
in FIPS mode.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The bytes pointer was not reset back to the beginning of the buffer when
mixing in additional entropy from the crypto module. This resulted in
writing beyond the return buffer and not getting the required mixing of
the extra entropy for the actual return buffer.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
It looks like the compiler version used in Android 5.0 warns about
potentially uninitialized oper_freq variable in these debug messages.
That is not really valid since this code path can be reached only if
found != 0 and in such a case, oper_freq is set. Anyway, it seems better
to avoid compiler warnings, so add an unnecessary initialization for
oper_freq for now.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
MD5 is not allowed in such builds, so comment out md5_vector() from the
build to force compile time failures for cases that cannot be supported
instead of failing the MD5 operations at runtime. This makes it easier
to detect and fix accidental cases where MD5 could still be used in some
older protocols.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
FIPS builds do not include support for MD4/MD5, so disable
EAP-TTLS/CHAP, MSCHAP, and MSCHAPV2 when CONFIG_FIPS=y is used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
MD5 is not available in CONFIG_FIPS=y builds, so use SHA1 for the EAP
peer workaround that tries to detect more robustly whether a duplicate
message was sent.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The OpenSSL internal AES_wrap_key() and AES_unwrap_key() functions are
unfortunately not available in FIPS mode. Trying to use them results in
"aes_misc.c(83): OpenSSL internal error, assertion failed: Low level API
call to cipher AES forbidden in FIPS mode!" and process termination.
Work around this by reverting commit
f19c907822 ('OpenSSL: Implement aes_wrap()
and aes_unwrap()') changes for CONFIG_FIPS=y case. In practice, this
ends up using the internal AES key wrap/unwrap implementation through
the OpenSSL EVP API which is available in FIPS mode. When CONFIG_FIPS=y
is not used, the OpenSSL AES_wrap_key()/AES_unwrap_key() API continues
to be used to minimize code size.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This avoids a call to hmac_md5() to fix the build. The EAPOL-Key frame
TX code is not applicable for any FIPS mode operation, so the simplest
approach is to remove this from the build.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
When processing a GO Negotiation Request and Response, if local driver
supports the preferred channel list extension, then:
- Check if peer's preference for operating channel is already included
in our preferred channel list and if so, take the oper_channel as is.
- If peer's preference for operating channel is not in local device's
preferred channel list and peer device has provided its preferred
frequency list in the GO Negotiation Request/Response, then find a
channel that is common for both preferred channel lists and use it
for oper_channel.
- If peer's preference for operating channel is not in local device's
preferred channel list and peer device doesn't use preferred channel
list extension, i.e., no preferred channel list in GO Negotiation
Request/Response, then look for a channel that is common for local
device's preferred channel list and peer's list of supported channels
and use it for oper_channel.
- In case no common channel is found, use the peer's preference for
oper_channel as is.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds a callback function that can be used from the P2P module to
request the current preferred list of operating channels from the
driver.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add an extra condition to omit operating channel preference when
building GO Negotiation Response. If the local device supports the
preferred frequency list extension, then when sending a GO Negotiation
Response frame, advertise the preferred operating channel unless local
device is assuming the P2P Client role and has an empty preferred
frequency list, in which case local device can omit its preference for
the operating channel.
This change helps make use of the preferred frequency list and the
calculated best channel for both negotiating parties of the P2P
connection.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
When sending a GO Negotiation Request, advertise the preferred frequency
list in a new vendor specific IE. This can be used to extend the
standard P2P behavior where a single preferred channel can be advertised
by allowing a priority list of channels to be indicated.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If the driver supports the preferred frequency list extension, use this
information from the driver when no explicitly configured preference
list (p2p_pref_chan) is present for P2P operating channel selection.
This commit adds this for GO Negotiation and Invitation use cases.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds parsing of QCA vendor specific elements and as the first such
element to be parsed, stores pointers to the preferred frequency list
element that can be used to enhance P2P channel negotiation behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new enum qca_vendor_element_id registry is used to manage
assignments of vendor specific elements using the QCA OUI 00:13:74. The
initial assignment is for the purpose for extending P2P functionality
for cases where the wpa_supplicant implementation is used by both ends
of an exchange.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Extend the QCA vendor specific nl80211 interface to query the preferred
frequency list from driver and add a new wpa_cli command to query this
information.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Upon GO Negotiation completion, if the remote peer becomes GO, send a
hint event over QCA vendor specific interface to inform the driver of
the likely operating channel of the P2P GO.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Extend the nl80211 interface command "driver status" to retrieve the
concurrency capabilities from the driver using the QCA vendor
extensions.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
When ACS is offloaded to device driver and the hw_mode parameter is set
to any, the current_mode structure is NULL which fails the ACS command.
Fix this by populating the ACS channel list with channels from all bands
when current_mode is NULL.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add vendor command to pass SET setband command to the driver and read
the updated channel list from driver when this notification succeeds.
This allows the driver to update its internal channel lists based on
setband configuration.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The issue with the special form of TLS session tickets has been fixed in
the OpenSSL 1.1.0 branch, so disable workaround for it. OpenSSL 1.0.1
and 1.0.2 workaround is still in place until a release with the fix has
been made.
This allows TLSv1.1 and TLSv1.2 to be negotiated for EAP-FAST with the
OpenSSL versions that support this.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If there is only zero-length buffer of output data in error case, mark
that as an immediate failure instead of trying to report that
non-existing error report to the server. This allows faster connection
termination in cases where a non-recoverable error occurs in local TLS
processing, e.g., if none of the configured ciphers are available.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
EAP-TLS was already doing this, but the other TLS-based EAP methods did
not mark methodState DONE and decision FAIL on local TLS processing
errors (instead, they left the connection waiting for a longer timeout).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
OpenSSL 1.1.0 disables the anonymous ciphers by default, so need to
enable these for the special case of anonymous EAP-FAST provisioning.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This is needed when enabling TLSv1.2 support for EAP-FAST since the
SSL_export_keying_material() call does not support the needed parameters
for TLS PRF and the external-to-OpenSSL PRF needs to be used instead.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This needs to use the new accessor functions since the SSL session
details are not directly accessible anymore and there is now sufficient
helper functions to get to the needed information.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This needs to use the new accessor functions for client/server random
since the previously used direct access won't be available anymore.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
openssl_handshake() was checking only that in_data is not NULL and not
its length when determining whether to call BIO_write(). Extend that to
check the buffer length as well. In practice, this removes an
unnecessary BIO_write() call at the beginning of a TLS handshake on the
client side. This did not cause issues with OpenSSL versions up to
1.0.2, but that call seems to fail with the current OpenSSL 1.1.0
degvelopment snapshot. There is no need for that zero-length BIO_write()
call, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Report the feature capability on P2PS-PROV-START and P2PS-PROV-DONE
ctrl-iface events. A feature capability value is specified as
'feature_cap=<hex>' event parameter, where <val> is a hexadecimal
string of feature capability bytes in a PD Response frame.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
On PD Request/follow-on PD Request preparation set a feature capability
CPT value of PD context.
On PD Request processing use a request CPT and service advertisement
CPT priority list to select a feature capability CPT of PD Response.
On follow-on PD Request processing use a request CPT and a CPT priority
list in PD context to select a CPT value of follow on PD Response.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Add a parameter allowing to specify a value of Coordination
Protocol Transport to P2PS_PROVISION and P2PS_PROVISION_RESP commands.
Extend the p2ps_provision structure to contain cpt_priority and
cpt_mask properties and initialize them on a P2PS PD request command.
The format of the parameter:
cpt=<cpt>[:cpt]
where <cpt> is CPT name e.g. UDP or MAC. The CPT names are listed
according to their preferences to be used for a specific P2PS session.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Add Coordination Transport Protocol parameter to P2P_SERVICE_ADD
asp command.
Extend p2ps_advertisement structure to contain CPT priorities
and a supported CPT bitmask.
The format of the new parameter:
cpt=<cpt>[:<cpt>]
where <cpt> is a name of the Coordination Protocol Transport.
This implementation supports two CPT names: UDP and MAC.
The order of specified CPTs defines their priorities where
the first one has the highest priority.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Add an auxiliary cstr_token() function to get a token from a const char
string. The function usage syntax is similar to str_token(), but unlike
str_token() the function doesn't modify the buffer of the string. Change
str_token() function implementation to use cstr_token().
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
The foreach_fst_group() loop needs "break-if-found", not
"continue-if-not-found" to do the search iteration properly. If there
were multiple groups, the previous design could have failed to find the
interface.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
fst_read_next_text_param() is never called with buflen <= 1, so this
separate error path is practically unreachable. Merge it with another
error path to make this a bit more compact.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
It is possible for there to be multiple FST groups, so the hardcoded
mechanism of selecting the first one when sending out an event message
may not be sufficient. Get the interface from the caller, if available,
and if not, go through all groups in search of an interface to send the
event on.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
It is possible for there to be multiple FST groups, so the hardcoded
mechanism of selecting the first one when sending out an event message
may not be sufficient. Get the interface from the caller, if available,
and if not, go through all groups in search of an interface to send the
event on.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Now that both hostapd and wpa_supplicant already enforce no duplicate
fst_attach() calls, there is no need for this check within fst_attach().
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Dialog token is only 8 bits and maintaining u32 version of it in struct
fst_group resulted in incorrect wrap-around behavior in
fst_group_assign_dialog_token(). It was possible to assign u8
dialog_token value 0 because of this. Fix this by using u8 variable
consistently.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
While this is always supposed to be the first element, check that this
is indeed the case instead of blindly using values from within the
element.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The Element ID and Length subfields are not supposed to be included in
the Length. In addition, both of these subfields needs to be filled in
even for non-zero status code cases.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This extends the previous PMF (CONFIG_IEEE80211W=y) design that used
functionality from the FT (CONFIG_IEEE80211R=y) changes to work without
requiring CONFIG_IEEE80211R=y build option to be included.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Ponnaiah <aponnaia@qti.qualcomm.com>
It was possible for a registered eloop socket handler to be unregistered
and re-registered for a re-opened socket with the same fd from a timeout
or signal handler. If such a case happened with the old socket having a
pending event waiting for processing, some eloop combinations could end
up calling the new handler function with the new socket and get stuck
waiting for an event that has not yet happened on the new socket. This
happened with timeout and signal handlers with all eloop.c types. In
addition to that, the epoll case could also trigger this when a socket
handler re-registered a re-opened socket.
Fix these by checking whether there has been socket handler changes
during processing and break the processing round by going back to
select/poll/epoll for an updated result if any changes are done during
the eloop handler calls before processing the old socket results.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It was possible for the SIGINT/SIGTERM signal to be received while
processing a pending timeout/socket/signal event and then get stuck in
the following select() call before processing the signal event. If no
other events show up within the two second SIGALRM trigger, process will
be terminated forcefully even though there would have been possibility
to do clean termination assuming no operationg blocked for that two
second time.
Handle this more cleanly by checking for eloop.pending_terminate before
starting the select()/poll()/epoll_wait() wait for the following event.
Terminate the loop if pending signal handling requests termination.
In addition, make eloop_terminated() return 1 on eloop.pending_terminate
in addition to eloop.terminate since the process will be terminated
shortly and there is no point in starting additional processing.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Introduce definitions for QCA vendor specific subcommands and attributes
to support multiport concurrency.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This new mechanism can be used to combine multiple periodic AP
(including P2P GO) task into a single eloop timeout to minimize number
of wakeups for the process. hostapd gets its own periodic caller and
wpa_supplicant uses the previously added timer to trigger these calls.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, one timeout per process (by default every 30 seconds) was
used P2P peer expiration and another per-interface timeout (every 10
seconds) was used to expire BSS entries. Merge these to a single
per-process timeout that triggers every 10 seconds to minimize number of
process wakeups due to periodic operations.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, this resulted in unnecessary wait and retransmission of the
previous EAP-Request. Change that to trigger immediate transmission of
EAP-Failure and disconnection since the EAP method cannot really recover
from this state.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This functionality was removed from the Host AP driver in May 2003, so
there is not any point in maintaining this in hostapd either.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The space separator between the command and the parameter was not
skipped properly and the first integer ended up being interpreted as 0
in all cases.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
fst_session_is_in_progress() is already checked as part of
fst_find_session_in_progress() before calling
fst_session_handle_action(). This is the only call path that can reach
fst_session_handle_tear_down() and as such, fst_session_is_in_progress()
cannot return 0 here.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
There was a mix of EINVAL and -EINVAL returns through the FST
implementation. Make this more consistent by always returning -EINVAL in
error cases.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The caller is not expected to free or modify the value since this is
returning a reference to a buffer maintained by the upper layer.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
There is no need to add new functions with more or less identical
functionality of an already available helper function.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This extends the hostapd global control interface ADD command to allow
driver wrapper to be specified ("ADD <ifname> <ctrl_iface> <driver>").
Previously, this case that did not use a configuration file allowed only
the default driver wrapper to be used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This experimental support for Texas Instruments C compiler was never
fully completed and it has not really been used in close to ten years,
so drop this to simply the header files.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Use a local variable and check the record payload length validity before
writing it into record->payload_length in hopes of getting rid of a
bogus static analyzer warning. The negative return value was sufficient
to avoid record->payload_length being used, but that seems to be too
complex for some analyzers. (CID 122668)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Typecasting &mgmt->u.action.u.fst_action to a struct pointer for various
FST Action frame payloads seemed to be triggering static analyzer
warnings about bounds checking since sizeof(mgmt->u.action.u.fst_action)
== 1 even though that is really a variable length structure. Try to
avoid this by calculating the pointer for the beginning of the frame
instead of variable length struct. (CID 125642)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It was possible for the previously set SSID to remain in place between
test cases (e.g., in sequence "p2ps_connect_adv_go_persistent
p2p_set_ssid_postfix") and the P2P SSID postfix not getting used
properly. Make this less likely to occur by clearing the old SSID in
p2p_flush().
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
These are confusing when the style used with the couple of FST IE checks
differs from the rest of hostapd/wpa_supplicant implementation.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
There is no need for this function to be an inline function in a header
file since it is used only within fst_group.c.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 717333f4e4 ('FST: Add the Fast
Session Transfer (FST) module') performed incorrect frame length
validation for Setup Request (did not remove 24+1 header from
consideration) and did not include payload validation for other FST
Action frames. Fix these by explicitly verifying that the payload of
these frames is sufficiently long before reading the values from there.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
There is no need to waste resources for this packet socket if FT-over-DS
is disabled or when operating P2P GO or AP mode in wpa_supplicant.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds the FST IEs received from the FST module into Beacon, Probe
Response, and (Re)Association Response frames.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Fast Session Transfer (FST) is the transfer of a session from a channel
to another channel in a different frequency band. The term "session"
refers to non-physical layer state information kept by a pair of
stations (STAs) that communicate directly (i.e., excludes forwarding).
The FST is implemented in accordance with IEEE Std 802.11ad-2012.
Definitions
* FST interface - an interface for which FST functionality is enabled
* FST group - a bunch of FST interfaces representing single
multi-band STA
* FST peer - a multi-band capable STA connected
* FST module - multi-band operation functionality implemented in
accordance with IEEE Std 802.11ad-2012 (see 10.32
Multi-band operation) as a part of hostapd/wpa_supplicant
* FST manager - an external application that implements custom FST
related logic, using the FST module's interfaces
accessible via CLI or D-Bus
This commit introduces only the FST module. Integration of the FST
module into the hostapd/wpa_supplicant and corresponding CLI/D-Bus
interfaces and FST related tests are covered in separate commits.
FST manager application is out of scope of these commits.
As FST aggregates a few interfaces into FST group, the FST module uses
global CLI for both commands and notifications. It also exposes
alternative non-interface based D-Bus subtree for this purposes.
Configuration and Initialization
* FST functionality can enabled by compilation flag (CONFIG_FST)
* hostapd/wpa_supplicant controlling multiple interfaces are used for
FST
* once enabled by compilation, the FST can be enabled for specific
interfaces in the configuration files
* FST interfaces are aggregated in FST groups (fst_group_id config file
entry), where each FST group:
- represents one multi-band device
- should have two or more FST interfaces in it
* priority (fst_priority config file entry) must be configured for each
FST interface. FST interface with higher priority is the interface FST
will always try to switch to. Thus, for example, for the maximal
throughput, it should be the fastest FST interface in the FST setup.
* default Link Loss Timeout (LLT) value can be configured for each FST
interface (fst_llt config file entry). It represents LLT to be used
by FST when this interface is active.
* FST interfaces advertise the Multi-band capability by including the
Multi-band element in the corresponding frames
FST CLI commands:
* fst list_groups - list FST groups configured.
* fst list_ifaces - list FST interfaces which belong to specific group
* fst iface_peers - list Multi-Band STAs connected to specific interface
* fst list_sessions - list existing FST sessions
* fst session_get - get FST session info
* fst session_add - create FST session object
* fst session_set - set FST session parameters (old_iface, new_iface,
peer_addr, llt)
* fst session_initiate - initiate FST setup
* fst session_respond - respond to FST setup establishemnt attempt by
counterpart
* fst session_transfer - initiate FST switch
* fst session_teardown - tear down FST Setup but leave the session object
for reuse
* fst session_remove - remove FST session object
FST CLI notifications:
* FST-EVENT-PEER - peer state changed (CONNECT/DISCONNECT)
* FST-EVENT-SESSION - FST session level notification with following
sub-events:
- EVENT_FST_SESSION_STATE - FST session state changed
- EVENT_FST_ESTABLISHED - previously initiated FST session became
established
- EVENT_FST_SETUP - new FST session object created due to FST session
negotiation attempt by counterpart
All the FST CLI commands and notifications are also implemented on D-Bus
for wpa_supplicant.
IEEE 802.11 standard compliance
FST module implements FST setup statemachine in compliance with IEEE
802.11ad (P802.11-REVmc/D3.3), as it described in 10.32 Multi-band
operation (see also Figure 10-34 - States of the FST setup protocol).
Thus, for example, the FST module initiates FST switch automatically
when FST setup becomes established with LLT=0 in accordance with
10.32.2.2 Transitioning between states.
At the moment, FST module only supports non-transparent STA-based FST
(see 10.32.1 General).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This helper function can be used to check whether a MAC address is a
multicast (including broadcast) address.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This commit implements hostapd global control interface notifications
infrastructure. hostapd global control interface clients issue
ATTACH/DETACH commands to register and deregister with hostapd
correspondingly - the same way as for any other hostapd/wpa_supplicant
control interface.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, hostapd only supported the case of EAPOL frames receiving
from interfaces enslaved into bridge. This commit adds support for any
Linux master (teaming, openvswitch, bonding, etc.) to be detected.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This new control interface command "EAPOL_REAUTH <MAC address>
<parameter> <value>" can be used to implement the IEEE 802.1X PAE
Set Authenticator Configuration operation.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This new control interface command "EAPOL_REAUTH <MAC address>" can be
used to implement the IEEE 802.1X PAE Reauthenticate operation.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If WPA2-Enterprise connection with full EAP authentication (i.e., no
PMKSA caching used) results in a PMKID that does not match the one the
AP/Authenticator indicates in EAPOL-Key msg 1/4, there is not much point
in trying to trigger full EAP authentication by sending EAPOL-Start
since this sequence was immediately after such full authentication
attempt.
There are known examples of authentication servers with incorrect MSK
derivation when TLS v1.2 is used (e.g., FreeRADIUS 2.2.6 or 3.0.7 when
built with OpenSSL 1.0.2). Write a clear debug log entry and also send
it to control interface monitors when it looks likely that this case has
been hit. After doing that, stop the connection attempt by
disassociating instead of trying to send out EAPOL-Start to trigger new
EAP authentication round (such another try can be tried with a new
association).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This adds a new STATUS command field "eap_tls_version" that shows the
TLS version number that was used during EAP-TLS/TTLS/PEAP/FAST exchange.
For now, this is only supported with OpenSSL.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The new phase1 config parameter value tls_disable_tlsv1_0=1 can now be
used to disable use of TLSv1.0 for a network configuration. This can be
used to force a newer TLS version to be used. For example,
phase1="tls_disable_tlsv1_0=1 tls_disable_tlsv1_1=1" would indicate that
only TLS v1.2 is accepted.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
While this is already enforced in practice due to the limits on the
maximum control interface command length and total_length bounds
checking here, this explicit check on payload_length value may help
static analyzers understand the code better. (CID 122668)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
It was possible for the 32-bit record->total_length value to end up
wrapping around due to integer overflow if the longer form of payload
length field is used and record->payload_length gets a value close to
2^32. This could result in ndef_parse_record() accepting a too large
payload length value and the record type filter reading up to about 20
bytes beyond the end of the buffer and potentially killing the process.
This could also result in an attempt to allocate close to 2^32 bytes of
heap memory and if that were to succeed, a buffer read overflow of the
same length which would most likely result in the process termination.
In case of record->total_length ending up getting the value 0, there
would be no buffer read overflow, but record parsing would result in an
infinite loop in ndef_parse_records().
Any of these error cases could potentially be used for denial of service
attacks over NFC by using a malformed NDEF record on an NFC Tag or
sending them during NFC connection handover if the application providing
the NDEF message to hostapd/wpa_supplicant did no validation of the
received records. While such validation is likely done in the NFC stack
that needs to parse the NFC messages before further processing,
hostapd/wpa_supplicant better be prepared for any data being included
here.
Fix this by validating record->payload_length value in a way that
detects integer overflow. (CID 122668)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
One possible outcome of the P2PS PD is P2P GO/P2P Client. In this case,
one peer becomes a P2P GO and the P2P Client joins it. Since multiple
GOs may run simultaneously on the same P2P Device, the P2P Client should
join using the intended interface address.
To be able to find the device by the intended interface address, save it
during the PD.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
If a device may be an explicit GO, it adds the GO details in the PD
Request. First, we try to reuse an active GO. If it is not present, we
try to reuse a non-active persistent group. In the latter case, if a
dedicated P2P interface is needed, the intended address should be that
of the pending interface. However, the wpas_get_go_info() provided the
ssid->bssid address, which is the address of the P2P device. This might
result in an incorrect intended interface attribute in the PD Request in
case a separate group interface is used.
Fix this by setting group_iface variable to true only if a dedicated
interface should be used and set the attribute accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Validate the PD Response frame contents more thoroughly when it is used
for P2PS.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
When persistent group is used and the peer is GO in this group,
intended interface attribute should be added to PD request/response.
Not doing so violates the spec.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
When device A sends PD response to device B, device A should save
wps_prov_info for device B. Not doing so would result in a redundant and
incorrect PD flow, e.g., when upon PROV-DISC-DONE event device B starts
a GO and device A should join it.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
In case of a P2PS PD, allow keypad, display, and P2PS WPS config
methods. For a legacy PD, allow keypad, display, and pushbutton methods.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Add 'else if' to P2PS status verification to prevent a redundant
condition checking. The first 'if' condition is true only if
status == P2P_SC_SUCCESS || status == P2P_SC_SUCCESS_DEFERRED.
while the second condition checks:
status != P2P_SC_SUCCESS &&
status != P2P_SC_FAIL_INFO_CURRENTLY_UNAVAILABLE &&
status != P2P_SC_SUCCESS_DEFERRED
Thus, the two conditions are mutually exclusive and 'else if' can be
used if this case.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Delete redundant comparison of msg.wps_config_methods with
dev->req_config_methods in p2p_process_prov_disc_resp() since it's
already done early in this function. Also, the second comparison
doesn't make too much sense: it can happen after a possible
p2p_reset_pending_pd() call setting dev->req_config_methods to 0.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
When wpa_supplicant receives a PD Response with reject status it
generated P2P-PROV-DISC-FAILURE event without adv_id and adv_mac
parameters. Fix this by adding these parameters to the
wpas_prov_disc_fail() function call.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
This fixes the incomplete driver_hostap.c change from commit
5d180a7739 ('drivers: Add freq parameter
to send_mlme() function') that did not take into account the internal
callers.
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Previously, only CONNECTING->CONNECTING case ended up sending out an
EAPOL-Start frame to avoid sending the unnecessary initial EAPOL-Start.
However, this optimization prevented new EAPOL-Start from being
initiated when leaving the HELD state. Allow that case to trigger
immediate EAPOL-Start transmission to speed up connection.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The only time the PIN should fail is when we initialize the TLS
connection, so it doesn't really make sense to get rid of the PIN just
because some other part of the handshake failed.
This is a followup to commit fd4fb28179
('OpenSSL: Try to ensure we don't throw away the PIN unnecessarily').
Signed-off-by: Mike Gerow <gerow@google.com>
The IPv6 address in the frame buffer may not be 32-bit aligned, so use a
local copy to align this before reading the address with 32-bit reads
(s6_addr32[]).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The 32-bit version of payload length field may not be 32-bit aligned in
the message buffer, so use WPA_GET_BE32() to read it instead of ntohl().
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
64-bit builds with CONFIG_WPA_TRACE=y resulted in the wpabuf pointers
getting misaligned (only 32-bit aligned) and that would result in reads
and writes of unaligned size_t values. Avoid this by indicating explicit
alignment requirement for wpabuf_trace to 8 octets (i.e., there will be
extra four octets of padding in case of 64-bit builds).
Similarly, struct os_alloc_trace resulted in some potential misalignment
cases, e.g., when CONFIG_ACS=y uses a 'long double' variable within
struct hostapd_channel_data. Avoid misalignment issues with explicit
alignment indication.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
src/utils/list.h ended up defining a local version of offsetof() due to
stddef.h not getting included. This resulted in unnecessary warnings
from ubsan related to "dereferencing" of a NULL pointer.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The input parameter ended up being converted to long int instead of int,
so use an explicit typecase to get rid of the compiler warning.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Use explicit typecasting to avoid implicit conversion warnings in cases
where enum eap_erp_type is used in functions taking an EapType argument.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The FT-specific check for valid group cipher in wpa_ft_gen_req_ies() was
not up-to-date with the current list of supported ciphers. Fix this by
using a generic function to determine validity of the cipher. In
practice, this adds support for using CCMP-256 and GCMP-256 as the group
cipher with FT.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This mechanism to figure out TLS library capabilities has not been used
since commit fd2f2d0489 ('Remove
EAP-TTLSv1 and TLS/IA') (Sep 2011).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
There is no need to have separate return statements for these corner
cases that are unlikely to be hit in practice.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
There is no need to have separate return statements for these corner
cases that are unlikely to be hit in practice.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The new TEST_FAIL and GET_FAIL control interface commands can be used
similarly to the earlier TEST_ALLOC_FAIL/GET_ALLOC_FAIL design. The new
version is more generic framework allowing any function to be annotated
for failure testing with the TEST_FAIL() macro. This mechanism is only
available in builds with CONFIG_WPA_TRACE_BFD=y and
CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y. For other builds, the TEST_FAIL() macro is
defined to return 0 to allow the compiler to remove the test code from
normal production builds.
As the first test site, allow os_get_random() to be marked for failing
based on call backtrace.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Do not allow 40 MHz co-ex PRI/SEC switch to force us to change our PRI
channel if we have an existing connection on the selected PRI channel
since doing multi-channel concurrency is likely to cause more harm than
using different PRI/SEC selection in environment with multiple BSSes on
these two channels with mixed 20 MHz or PRI channel selection.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Fix a condition when Advertised Service Info Attribute is added to
a probe response in p2p_buf_add_service_instance(). The issue is
that a 'found' value is increased even if 'test' and 'adv->hash' hashes
are different. As result 'found' may have a non-zero value when an
attribute data length is 0. In this cause an empty attribute is about to
be added. Fixing it by eliminating 'found' and checking 'total_len'
containing a real number of bytes added to Advertised Service Info
Attribute.
This fixes an issue from commit 50a9efe713
('P2PS: Fix Probe Response frame building in error cases').
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
The cwmin/cwmax parameters were limited more than is needed. Allow the
full range (0..15 for wmm_ac_??_{cwmin,cwmax} and 1..32767 for
tx_queue_data?_{cwmin,cwmax}) to be used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The current P802.11 description of SAE uses "1 < element < p" as the
required range. However, this is not correct and does not match the
Dragonfly description of "1 < element < p-1". SAE definition will need
to change here. Update the implementation to reject p-1 based on the
correct rule here.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
It was possible for the P2PS Probe Response frame to go out on the
channel on which a Probe Request frame was reported even when we are
just about to start Listen mode on another channel. This could result in
the peer device using incorrect channel for us. Fix this by skipping the
response in this special case while waiting for Listen mode to start.
This showed up as a hwsim test failure with test sequence "gas_fragment
p2ps_connect_display_method_nonautoaccept" in cases where the dev[0]
Listen channel was not same as the AP operating frequency in the GAS
test.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
IEEE Std 802.11-2012 description of SAE does not require this, i.e., it
describes the requirement as 0 < scalar < r for processing the Commit
message. However, this is not correct and will be changes to 1 < scalar
< r to match the Dragonfly description so that a trivial secret case
will be avoided explicitly.
This is not much of an issue for the locally generated commit-scalar
since it would be very unlikely to get the value of 1. For Commit
message processing, a peer with knowledge of the password could
potentially force the exchange to expose key material without this
check.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This provides more information to upper layer programs on what happens
with connection attempts in cases where the enabled networks are not
found in scan results.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
wpa_supplicant has stub functions if the external p2p symbols are
unavailable, but the build still fails if the
wpa_driver_nl80211_driver_cmd symbol is missing. Fix this by leaving the
function pointer NULL. This is safe because wpa_drv_driver_cmd() performs
a NULL check.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Cernekee <cernekee@google.com>
If BOARD_HOSTAPD_PRIVATE_LIB is not used on an Android build, we will
need to replace both the p2p functions *and* wpa_driver_nl80211_driver_cmd
in order to successfully link. Let's make the name more generic so it is
more obvious what it is used for.
Suggested-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Cernekee <cernekee@google.com>
In case memory allocation fails, data->pac_opaque_encr_key may be NULL
and lead to possible crash.
Signed-off-by: Maneesh Jain <maneesh.jain@samsung.com>
Even though this OpenSSL function is documented as returning "1 if point
if on the curve and 0 otherwise", it can apparently return -1 on some
error cases. Be prepared for that and check explicitly against 1 instead
of non-zero.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If PWE is discovered before the minimum number of loops (k) is reached,
the extra iterations use a random "password" to further obfuscate the
cost of discovering PWE.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This replaces the earlier IEEE Std 802.11-2012 algorithm with the design
from P802.11-REVmc/D4.0. Things brings in a blinding technique for
determining whether the pwd-seed results in a suitable PWE value.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows the IKE groups 27-30 (RFC 6932) to be used with OpenSSL
1.0.2 and newer. For now, these get enabled for SAE as configurable
groups (sae_groups parameter), but the new groups are not enabled by
default.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
draft-irtf-cfrg-dragonfly recommends implementation to set the security
parameter, k, to a value of at least 40. This will make PWE generation
take significantly more resources, but makes it more likely to hide
timing differences due to different number of loops needed to find a
suitable PWE.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This check explicitly for reflection attack and stops authentication
immediately if that is detected instead of continuing to the following
4-way handshake that would fail due to the attacker not knowing the key
from the SAE exchange.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
OpenSSL 0.9.8 (and newer) includes SSL_CTX_get_app_data() and
SSL_CTX_set_app_data(), so there is no need to maintain this old
OPENSSL_SUPPORTS_CTX_APP_DATA backwards compatibility design.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Previously, it would have been possible for va_end(args) to be called
twice in case mp_init() fails. While that may not cause issues on number
of platforms, that is not how va_start()/va_end() are supposed to be
used. Fix this by returning from the function without using va_end()
twice on the same va_list args.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The construction used here to figure out the offset of variable length
IEs in Probe Request frames was a bit odd looking and resulted in a
warning from a static analyzer, so replace it with more standard use of
offsetof().
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The flags argument is used to indicate a failure case (0x80) which
allows erp == NULL. This may be a bit too difficult combination for
static analyzers to understand, so add an explicit check for !erp as
another condition for returning from the function before the erp pointer
gets dereferenced without checking it.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
drv cannot be NULL here (it is dereferenced even on the preceding line)
and anyway, os_free(NULL) is allowed, so remove the redundant check.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The eap argument to this function is never NULL and the earlier
ieee802_1x_learn_identity() call is dereferencing it anyway, so there is
no point in checking whether it is NULL later in the function.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This needs to find the PRI channel also in cases where the affected
channel is the SEC channel of a 40 MHz BSS, so need to include the
scanning coverage here to be 40 MHz from the center frequency. Without
this, it was possible to miss a neighboring 40 MHz BSS that was at the
other end of the 2.4 GHz band and had its PRI channel further away from
the local BSS.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
There is no need to have separate return statements for these corner
cases that are unlikely to be hit in practice.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Previously, the common WLAN-* RADIUS attributes were added only when WPA
or WPA2 was used. These can be of use for OSEN as well, so include them
in that case, too.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
There is no need to have a separate "fail silently" case for wpa_ie_len
== 0. That condition does not seem to be reachable and even if it were,
the following "ie len too short" case will result in the exact same
return value.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
As far as IEEE 802.11 standard is concerned, WEP is deprecated, but at
least in theory, allowed as a group cipher. This option is unlikely to
be deployed anywhere and to clean up the implementation, we might as
well remove all support for this combination.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Sending a wowlan configuration command can be done on any wireless
interface (not only netdev), as it is a device configuration and not
interface configuration specific. Fix the code to allow it to be
sent on any interface.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Android libnl_2 implementation added support for "nl80211" name in
commit 'libnl_2: Extend genl_ctrl_resolve() to support "nl80211" name'
in July 2012 which got included in Android 4.2. It is fine to drop this
old Android ICS workaround from wpa_supplicant now.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
p2p_process_nfc_connection_handover() allocates msg memory in the parser
and might return before memory is released if the received message is
not valid.
Signed-off-by: Ben Rosenfeld <ben.rosenfeld@intel.com>
If key derivation fails, there is no point in trying to continue
authentication. In theory, this could happen if memory allocation during
TLS PRF fails.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Free tmp_out before returning to prevent memory leak in case the second
memory allocation in openssl_tls_prf() fails. This is quite unlikely,
but at least theoretically possible memory leak with EAP-FAST.
Signed-off-by: Ben Rosenfeld <ben.rosenfeld@intel.com>
org.wi-fi.wfds service is not a replacement for non-WFA service matches.
Do not try to replace the results with that if there is not sufficient
room for the response. Instead, reply with all the matching services
that fit into the message. org.wi-fi.wfds is the first entry in the list
(if matching request/service is present), so it won't get overridden by
other services.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The service hash for org.wi-fi.wfds is supposed to match only if the
device has a WFA defined org.wi-fi.wfds.* service. Verify that before
adding org.wi-fi.wfds to the response.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Probe Response building is already doing service matching and there is
no need to do this in both places, so simplify the p2p_reply_probe()
implementation.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
When doing initial processing of Probe Request frame service hashes, the
previous implementation dropped all other hash values if a hash for
org.wi-fi.wfds was included. This is not correct, since that is not a
full wildcard of all services (it only matches WFA defined
org.wi-fi.wfds.* services).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This "wildcard" match is for WFA specified org.wi-fi.wfds.* services,
not for all services. Verify that there is a really matching service
being advertised instead of assuming this "wildcard" matches if any
services are advertised.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The org.wi-fi.wfds "wildcard" is not a full wildcard of all service
names and as such, it must not remove other service name hash values
from the Probe Request frames.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
p2ps_gen_hash() has a limit on service names based on the temporary
buffer from stack. Verify that the service name from the local P2P_FIND
command is short enough to fix into that buffer.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Quoting P2PS specification: "If multiple Service Hash values are
included in the Probe Request frame, then the ASP shall find a match for
each Service Hash, and it shall send a Probe Response frame with the
information listed in this section for all matched Service Hashes." This
commit changes handling of wildcard hash matching by adding a
wildcard 'org.wi-fi.wfds' info together with the other hash matches.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Add auxiliary functions to write a single advertised service info record
into a wpabuf and to find P2PS wildcard hash in a received hash
attribute. Re-factor p2p_buf_add_service_instance() function to allow
adding new wildcard types in future commits.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
When hostapd or wpa_supplicant is run in debug more with key material
prints allowed (-K on the command line), it is possible for passwords
and keying material to show up in debug prints. Since some of the debug
cases end up allocating a temporary buffer from the heap for processing
purposes, a copy of such password may remain in heap. Clear these
temporary buffers explicitly to avoid causing issues for hwsim test
cases that verify contents of memory against unexpected keys.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Avoid using p2p_data::query_hash for both Probe Request frame processing
and for hashes specified by p2p_find. It's resolved by use of local
query_hash and query_count variables in p2p_reply_probe().
Since p2p_data::query_hash is used only for seek hash values rename
p2p_data::query_hash to p2ps_seek_hash.
Delete p2p_data::query_count since it's not needed anymore.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Commit 86bd36f0d5 ('Add generic mechanism
for adding vendor elements into frames') introduced a mechanism to add
vendor elements into various frames, but missed the addition to the
Invitation Response frame. This commit addresses the same.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This variable is used locally only in the p2p_reply_probe() function.
The value of this variable is valid only in the context of the single
Probe Request message handling and doesn't make much sense in p2p
context.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Free a PD context with a function encapsulating both os_free() call and
setting a PD context pointer to NULL.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
A P2P Client may be discoverable and reply to Probe Request frames,
while at the same time the P2P GO would also be discoverable and include
the P2P Client information in the P2P Group Info attribute of the Probe
Response frames.
If a seeker constantly hears the Probe Response frames from a P2P Client
and then from the GO, but handles them in the opposite order (due to
scan results ordering), the more valuable Probe Response frame from the
P2P Client will be ignored. Fix this by defining a threshold (1 second)
during which the direct Probe Response frame will be preferred over the
information acquired from the GO and will not be considered as old.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
When adding group clients to the P2P peer list, use the driver provided
BSS entry timestamp instead of the current time. Otherwise, the time
comparison which is made in p2p_add_device() doesn't make sense.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
If the RX frequency of the Probe Request frame is known, specify it when
sending the Probe Response frame. This is needed when the Probe Request
frame is received on another virtual interface, for example, when a GO
or P2PS client are discoverable on the group operating channel.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Change send_mlme() API to allow sending management frames on a specific
channel, overriding the internal driver decision.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Return P2P_PREQ_PROCESSED instead of P2P_PREQ_NOT_PROCESSED on
a successful Probe Request frame handling in p2p_reply_probe().
Verify a return value of p2p_reply_probe() in p2p_probe_req_rx()
and continue a pending invitation/connection flow only if the
Probe Request frame is from an expected P2P peer.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
In some cases, Probe Request frames can be received by a peer not only
on a listen channel. In this case an additional rx_freq parameter
explitly contains a Probe Request frame RX frequency. In case rx_freq is
set to 0, a Probe Request frame RX channel is assumed to be our own
listen channel (p2p->cfg->channel).
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
CA country code was included mistakenly (copy-paste..) in cn_op_class_cc
while it was supposed to be included only in us_op_class_cc. In
practice, this did not result in incorrect operation due to the
us_op_class_cc list being checked first. Anyway, better fix
cn_op_class_cc to avoid confusion here.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This increases code coverage for gas.c testing to cover areas that
cannot be reached with pure hwsim test cases.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Currently, if multiple bss share are bridge and tagged vlan interface,
only the first instance of struct hostapd_vlan for this vlanid will have
the DVLAN_CLEAN_VLAN flag added. Thus, when this instance is removed,
the tagged vlan interface will be removed from bridge, thought other bss
might still need it. Similarily, the bridge will be left over, as the
does not have zero ports when the first instance of a struct
hostapd_vlan is freed.
This patch fixes this by having a global (per process) reference counter
for dynamic tagged vlan and dynamically created bridge interfaces, so
they are only removed after all local users are freed. (struct
hapd_interfaces *)->vlan_priv is used to hold src/ap/vlan_init.c global
per-process data like drv_priv does; right now this is only used for the
interface reference counting, but could get extended when needed. Then
possibly some vlan_global_init / vlan_global_deinit should be added, but
this is not required right now.
Additionally, vlan->configured is checked to avoid reference counter
decreasing before vlan_newlink increased them.
In order to avoid race conditions, vlan_dellink is called explicitly
after hostapd_vlan_if_remove. Otherwise there would be a short timeframe
between hostapd_vlan_if_remove and vlan_dellink during which the struct
hostapd_vlan still exists, so ap_sta_bind_vlan would try to attach
stations to it.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
Add operating class 125 (channels 149..169) to the list of P2P supported
channels. This allows the 5 GHz channels 161 and 169 to be used for P2P
GO when those channels are allowed for AP mode in the current regulatory
domain.
Signed-off-by: Amr BEN ABDESSALEM <amrx.ben.abdessalem@intel.com>
Instead of an int variable with magic values 0, 1, 2, use an enum that
gives clearer meaning to the values now that the original boolean type
global argument is not really a boolean anymore.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 95b6bca66d ('Add rsn_pairwise bits
to set_ieee8021x() driver_ops') modified cipher configuration to use
unconditionally wpa_pairwise | rsn_pairwise. While that works for many
cases, it does not handle the case of dynamic configuration changes over
the control interface where wpa_pairwise or rsn_pairwise values may not
get cleared when the wpa parameter is modified. Fix this inconsistency
by configuring the driver with only the bits that are valid for the
currently enabled WPA/WPA2 version(s).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add GO Intent information of connecting device in GO Negotiation Request
event which will help applications to decide its own GO intent value in
advance and can avoid failure cases when both devices use GO Intent 15
depending on application requirement.
Signed-off-by: Mayank Haarit <mayank.h@samsung.com>
So that systems with bad clocks will send random session IDs,
instead of always ones starting at the same second.
If os_get_random() isn't available, use os_get_time(). But also
mix in now.tv_usec, so that the accounting session ID is more
likely to be globally and temporally unique.
Signed-off-by: Alan DeKok <aland@freeradius.org>
The OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER < 0x00909000L case of
openssl_get_keyblock_size() had not been kept in sync with the cleanup
changes.
Signed-off-by: Mayank Haarit <mayank.h@samsung.com>
Explicitly check for iface->current_mode before dereferencing it. While
this case may not happen in practice, it is better for the setup
functions to be more careful when doing the initial band selection.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
When device supports dual band operations with offloaded ACS, hw_mode
can now be set to any band (hw_mode=any) in order to allow ACS to select
the best channel from any band. After a channel is selected, the hw_mode
is updated for hostapd.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
While RFC 6124 does not define how Session-Id is constructed for
EAP-EKE, there seems to be consensus among the authors on the
construction. Use this Type | Nonce_P | Nonce_S construction based on
the following email:
From: Yaron Sheffer <yaronf.ietf at gmail.com>
To: ietf at ietf.org
Date: Wed, 17 Nov 2010 13:13:42 +0200
Expanding on my previous response, I suggest to resolve Bernard's
concern by adding the following text:
5.6 EAP Key Generation
EAP-EKE can be used for EAP key generation, as defined by [RFC 5247].
When used in this manner, the values required to establish the key
hierarchy are defined as follows:
- Peer-Id is the EAP-EKE ID_P value.
- Server-Id is the EAP-EKE ID_S value.
- Session-Id is the concatenated Type | Nonce_P | Nonce_S, where Type is
the method type defined for EAP-EKE in [Sec. 4.1], a single octet.
Thanks,
Yaron
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The ACS code part of hostapd scans all the channels even if the channel
list is specified in the hostapd.conf. Limit the ACS scan channels to
the list specified in the config file.
Signed-off-by: Srinivasa Duvvuri<sduvvuri@chromium.org>
Do not add a P2P IE when a station interface is trying to associate
to an AP or P2P GO that publishes a P2P IE but does not include
a P2P manageability attribute.
This addresses an interoperability issue that was reported in
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=96471, where a P2P GO
rejects association from a station interface without a specified
reason.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Link Property query vendor command shall facilitate the information
of the Wi-Fi link. MAC address of the Wi-Fi peer is given as an input
for querying the link properties.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The cleanup code will handle this, but it is more robust to make sure
this is cleared to zero when allocating a new buffer.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The cleanup code will handle this, but it is more robust to make sure
this is cleared to zero when allocating a new buffer.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The L (Length) and M (More) flags needs to be cleared before deciding
whether the locally generated response requires fragmentation. This
fixes an issue where these flags from the server could have been invalid
for the following message. In some cases, this could have resulted in
triggering the wpabuf security check that would terminate the process
due to invalid buffer allocation.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The remaining number of bytes in the message could be smaller than the
Total-Length field size, so the length needs to be explicitly checked
prior to reading the field and decrementing the len variable. This could
have resulted in the remaining length becoming negative and interpreted
as a huge positive integer.
In addition, check that there is no already started fragment in progress
before allocating a new buffer for reassembling fragments. This avoid a
potential memory leak when processing invalid message.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The remaining number of bytes in the message could be smaller than the
Total-Length field size, so the length needs to be explicitly checked
prior to reading the field and decrementing the len variable. This could
have resulted in the remaining length becoming negative and interpreted
as a huge positive integer.
In addition, check that there is no already started fragment in progress
before allocating a new buffer for reassembling fragments. This avoid a
potential memory leak when processing invalid message.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The length of the received Commit and Confirm message payloads was not
checked before reading them. This could result in a buffer read
overflow when processing an invalid message.
Fix this by verifying that the payload is of expected length before
processing it. In addition, enforce correct state transition sequence to
make sure there is no unexpected behavior if receiving a Commit/Confirm
message before the previous exchanges have been completed.
Thanks to Kostya Kortchinsky of Google security team for discovering and
reporting this issue.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The length of the received Commit and Confirm message payloads was not
checked before reading them. This could result in a buffer read
overflow when processing an invalid message.
Fix this by verifying that the payload is of expected length before
processing it. In addition, enforce correct state transition sequence to
make sure there is no unexpected behavior if receiving a Commit/Confirm
message before the previous exchanges have been completed.
Thanks to Kostya Kortchinsky of Google security team for discovering and
reporting this issue.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The length of the WMM Action frame was not properly validated and the
length of the information elements (int left) could end up being
negative. This would result in reading significantly past the stack
buffer while parsing the IEs in ieee802_11_parse_elems() and while doing
so, resulting in segmentation fault.
This can result in an invalid frame being used for a denial of service
attack (hostapd process killed) against an AP with a driver that uses
hostapd for management frame processing (e.g., all mac80211-based
drivers).
Thanks to Kostya Kortchinsky of Google security team for discovering and
reporting this issue.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The debug information from httpread can be helpful in figuring out error
cases in general and as such, should be enabled by default. Get rid of
the hardcoded httpread_debug value that would require source code
changes to enable.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
There is no need to continue processing a HTTP body when it becomes
clear that the end result would be over the maximum length.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Verify that ncopy parameter to memcpy is not negative. While this is not
supposed to be needed, it is a good additional protection against
unknown implementation issues.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
strtoul() return value may end up overflowing the int h->chunk_size and
resulting in a negative value to be stored as the chunk_size. This could
result in the following memcpy operation using a very large length
argument which would result in a buffer overflow and segmentation fault.
This could have been used to cause a denial service by any device that
has been authorized for network access (either wireless or wired). This
would affect both the WPS UPnP functionality in a WPS AP (hostapd with
upnp_iface parameter set in the configuration) and WPS ER
(wpa_supplicant with WPS_ER_START control interface command used).
Validate the parsed chunk length value to avoid this. In addition to
rejecting negative values, we can also reject chunk size that would be
larger than the maximum configured body length.
Thanks to Kostya Kortchinsky of Google security team for discovering and
reporting this issue.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If the mp_init_multi() call had failed due to memory allocation failure,
mp_div() would have returned 1 instead of MP_MEM (-2). It looks like all
callers are checking the return value against MP_OKAY instead of <1
(etc.), so this does not seem to result in difference in behavior.
Anyway, it's best to fix the mp_div() return value for the MP_MEM error
case to avoid unexpected behavior.
Signed-off-by: Maks Naumov <maksqwe1@ukr.net>
In theory, the previous version could have resulted in reading one byte
beyond the end of the management frame RX buffer if the local driver
were to deliver a truncated Public Action frame for processing. In
practice, this did not seem to happen with mac80211-based drivers and
even if it were, the extra octet would be an uninitialized value in a
buffer rather than read beyond the end of the buffer.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This was previously checked as part of the eap_sim_parse_attr()
processing, but it is easier to review the code if there is an
additional explicit check for confirming that the Reserved field is
present since the pos variable is advanced beyond it.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Clean up eap_sake_parse_add_attr() design by passing in pointer to the
payload of the attribute instead of parsing these separately for each
attribute within the function.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The req_plen argument to eap_pax_process_std_1() and
eap_pax_process_std_3() could be smaller than sizeof(struct eap_pax_hdr)
since the main processing function was only verifying that there is
enough room for the ICV and then removed ICV length from the remaining
payload length.
In theory, this could have resulted in the size_t left parameter being
set to a negative value that would be interpreted as a huge positive
integer. That could then result in a small buffer read overflow and
process termination if MSGDUMP debug verbosity was in use.
In practice, it does not seem to be feasible to construct a short
message that would be able to pass the ICV validation (calculated using
HMAC-SHA1-128) even for the case where an empty password is used.
Anyway, the implementation should really check the length explicitly
instead of depending on implicit check through ICV validation.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The EAP-TLS-based helper functions can easily use struct wpabuf in more
places, so continue cleanup in that direction by replacing separate
pointer and length arguments with a single struct wpabuf argument.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This function is only using the Identifier field from the EAP request
header, so there is no need to pass it a pointer to the full message.
This makes it a bit easier to analyze the area that gets access to
unverified message payload.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
MS-MPPE-Recv-Key generation in radius_msg_add_mppe_keys() used incorrect
function argument (send_key_len; should be recv_key_len) when allocating
a temporary buffer. Fix this by using the correct argument.
The only caller of the function uses the same length for both
send_key_len and recv_key_len, so this copy-paste error did not result
in any difference in the behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Handling of WPS RF band for 60 GHz was missing. Add it in all relevant
places and also map "AES" as the cipher to GCMP instead of CCMP when
operating on the 60 GHz band.
Signed-off-by: Hamad Kadmany <qca_hkadmany@qca.qualcomm.com>
It was possible for the WPA_ALG_PMK algorithm in set_key() to result in
trying to configure a key with cipher suite 0. While this results in a
failure from cfg80211 or driver, this is not really desirable operation,
so add a check for cipher suite conversion result before issuing the
nl80211 command.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This can be used with Proxy ARP to allow multicast NAs to be forwarded
to associated STAs using link layer unicast delivery. This used to be
hardcoded to be enabled, but it is now disabled by default and can be
enabled with na_mcast_to_ucast=1. This functionality may not be desired
in all networks and most cases work without it, so the new
default-to-disabled is more appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, struct wpa_group was created when the first station enters
the group and the struct wpa_group was not freed when all station left
the group. This causes a problem because wpa_group will enter
FATAL_FAILURE when a wpa_group is running while the AP_VLAN interface
has already been removed.
Fix this by adding a reference counter to struct wpa_group and free a
group if it is unused.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
If hostapd has bound a STA into a specific VLAN, the new vlan_id
parameter in the control interface STA command can now be used to check
which VLAN ID is in use.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
All the system header files are supposed to be included before any other
internal header file apart from utils/includes.h.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
By analysing objdump output some read only structures were found in
.data section. To help compiler further optimize code declare these
as const.
Signed-off-by: Mikael Kanstrup <mikael.kanstrup@sonymobile.com>
Now on an engine error we decode the error value and determine if the
issue is due to a true PIN error or not. If it is due to incorrrect PIN,
delete the PIN as usual, but if it isn't let the PIN be.
Signed-off-by: Mike Gerow <gerow@google.com>
Previously, mesh state machine transmits updated Commit Message when
receiving a Confirm Message in Committed state. According to the
standard, it should (re)send the latest Commit Message previously sent.
IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 11.3.8.6.4 Protocol instance behavior - Committed
state:
"Upon receipt of a Con event, ... If Sync is not greater than
dot11RSNASAESync, the protocol instance shall increment Sync, transmit
the last Commit Message sent to the peer, and set the t0
(retransmission) timer."
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
This extends dynamic_vlan=required checks to apply for WPA-PSK with
macaddr_acl=2 (RADIUS) case.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
Previously, only P2P and mesh use cases enforced unique MAC address for
a dynamically added virtual interface. Extend this to cover normal
station mode interfaces since those can now be added with INTERFACE_ADD.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
There is no need to try to derive DH shared key with a peer that tries
to use too short or too long DH Public Key. Previously, such cases ended
up implicitly getting rejected by the DH operations failing to produce
matching results. That is unnecessarily, so simply reject the message
completely if it does not have a Public Key with valid length. Accept
couple of octets shorter value to be used to avoid interoperability
issues if there are implementations that do not use zero-padding
properly.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This enforces variable length strings Manufacturer, Model Name, Model
Number, and Serial Number to be within the maximum length defined in the
WSC specification. While none of the existing users for these within
hostapd/wpa_supplicant had problems with longer strings, it is good to
ensure the strings are not longer to avoid potential issues at higher
layer components.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Check the element length in the parser and remove the length field from
struct ieee802_11_elems since the element is of fixed length.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Check the element length in the parser and remove the length field from
struct ieee802_11_elems since the element is of fixed length.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Check the element length in the parser and remove the length field from
struct ieee802_11_elems since the element is of fixed length.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Check the element length in the parser and remove the length field from
struct ieee802_11_elems since the element is of fixed length.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Remove the length field from struct ieee802_11_elems since the only
allowed element length is five and that is checked by the parser.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Check the element length in the parser and remove the length field from
struct ieee802_11_elems since the only allowed element length is one.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Check the element length in the parser and remove the length field from
struct ieee802_11_elems since the only allowed element length is one.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
All the existing users of these elements were already validating the
element length. However, it is clearer to validate this already at the
parser for extra layer of protection for any future changes.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit 88b32a99d3 ('FT: Add FT AP support
for drivers that manage MLME internally') added an alternative way of
processing the WMM TSPEC from RIC. However, that change did not seem to
include the same checks for WMM TSPEC element length that were used in
the original implementation for MLME-in-hostapd case. Fix this by
sharing the older implementation of copying the WMM TSPEC from RIC for
both cases.
It looks like the destination buffer for the response is sufficiently
long for the fixed length copy, but it may have been possible to trigger
a read beyond the end of the FTIE by about 50 bytes. Though, that seems
to be within the buffer received for RX buffer in the case that uses
this driver-based AP MLME design for FT.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This program can be used to run fuzzing tests for areas related to EAPOL
frame parsing and processing on the supplicant side.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This program can be used to run fuzzing tests for areas related to P2P
message parsing and processing. p2p-fuzzer allows data files to be used
to inject Probe Response and Action frames for processing by the P2P
module.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This makes it more obvious that the wps_parse_msg() bounds checking is
used to verify that there is sufficient space in the P2P buffer for the
secondary device types.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This modifies couple of code segments that replaced control characters
in strings with '_' to use a common helper function.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
While it looks like all the users of this parsed attribute were able to
handle longer SSID values, there is no valid use case for these and to
avoid any potential future issues, enforce maximum length (32 bytes) on
the SSID during parsing.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
While it looks like all the users of this parsed attribute were able to
handle longer Device Name values, there is no valid use case for these
and to avoid any potential issues in upper layer components, enforce
maximum length (32 bytes) on the Device Name during parsing.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
While none of the current users of msg.persistent_ssid{,_len} would have
issues with too long SSID value, it is safer to enforce bounds checking
on the SSID while parsing the attribute to avoid any potential issues in
the future.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The SSID element is defined to have a valid length range of 0-32. While
this length was supposed to validated by the users of the element
parser, there are not really any valid cases where the maximum length of
32 octet SSID would be exceeded and as such, the parser itself can
enforce the limit as an additional protection.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This fixes a possible memcpy overflow for P2P dev->oper_ssid in
p2p_add_device(). The length provided by the peer device (0..255 bytes)
was used without proper bounds checking and that could have resulted in
arbitrary data of up to 223 bytes being written beyond the end of the
dev->oper_ssid[] array (of which about 150 bytes would be beyond the
heap allocation) when processing a corrupted management frame for P2P
peer discovery purposes.
This could result in corrupted state in heap, unexpected program
behavior due to corrupted P2P peer device information, denial of service
due to process crash, exposure of memory contents during GO Negotiation,
and potentially arbitrary code execution.
Thanks to Google security team for reporting this issue and smart
hardware research group of Alibaba security team for discovering it.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The multi-SSID design that used a single beaconing BSSID with multiple
SSIDs was never completed in this repository, so there is no need to
maintain the per-STA ssid/ssid_probe pointers that could only point to
&hapd->conf->ssid. Save some memory and reduce code complexity by
removing this unused partial capability.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit fa0e715100 ('Use
tls_connection_prf() for all EAP TLS-based key derivation') copied some
pointer checks from the generic implementation to tls_openssl.c.
However, these are arrays and cannot be NULL in OpenSSL data. Remove the
unnecessary checks and add master_key_length check for completeness.
(CID 109619).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This makes it easier to interpret debug logs for cases where hostapd
control multiple interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes it easier to interpret debug logs in case hostapd controls
multiple interfaces and a STA roams between them.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Currently, vlan_remove_dynamic() is only called when the station VLAN ID
is changed (ap_sta_bind_vlan), but not when the station is freed. So
dynamic VLAN interfaces are not removed actually except within 1x
reauthentification VLAN ID change, although most of the code is already
there.
This patch fixes this by calling vlan_remove_dynamic() in ap_free_sta().
It cannot just use sta->vlan_id for this, as this might have been
changed without calling ap_sta_bind_vlan() (ap/ieee802_11.c:handle_auth
fetches from RADIUS cache for WPA-PSK), thus reference counting might
not have been updated. Additionally, reference counting might get wrong
due to old_vlanid = 0 being passed unconditionally, thus increasing the
reference counter multiple times.
So tracking the currently assigned (i.e., dynamic_vlan counter
increased) VLAN is done in a new variable sta->vlan_id_bound. Therefore,
the old_vlan_id argument of ap_sta_bind_vlan() is no longer needed and
setting the VLAN for the sta in driver happens unconditionally.
Additionally, vlan->dynamic_vlan is only incremented when it actually
is a dynamic VLAN.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
hostapd receives NEWLINK messages multiple times and thus does
configuration of the the vlan interface multiple times.
This is not required and leads to the following during cleanup in
test pmksa_cache_preauth_vlan_used:
1. run-test.py does: brctl delif brvlan1 wlan3.1
2. hostapd processes NEWLINK and does: brctl addif brvlan1 wlan3.1
3. run-test.py does: brctl delbr brvlan1
-> fails as wlan3.1 is still in the bridge
This patch fixes this by ignoring repeated NEWLINK messages.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
When hitting
> Failed to create interface wlan3.1: -23 (Too many open files in system)
> Try to remove and re-create wlan3.1
hostapd deletes the AP_VLAN interface and then recreates it. Thus the
kernel assigns the same ifidx to the new interfaces and sends DELLINK
and NEWLINK mesages.
As the DELLINK messages are processed after the struct hostapd_vlan is
added, hostapd deletes the struct hostapd_vlan entry, deconfigures the
AP_VLAN interface and leaves vlan_newlink nothing to find afterwards.
So this patch makes DELLINK messages to be ignored when the interface
exists.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
Previously, during RSN preauthentication, ap_sta_bind_vlan() was called,
which fails for non-zero sta->vlan_id as the station is not known to the
kernel driver.
Fix this by binding the station only if it is associated. If it is not
associated, ap_sta_bind_vlan() will be done later during association.
In addition, reject Access-Accept if the returned VLAN ID is not valid
in the current hostapd configuration.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
Both Android's libc and glibc support _FORTIFY_SOURCE, a compiler
and libc feature which inserts automatic bounds checking into
common C functions such as memcpy() and strcpy(). If a buffer
overflow occurs when calling a hardened libc function, the
automatic bounds checking will safely shutdown the program and
prevent memory corruption.
Android is experimenting with _FORTIFY_SOURCE=3, a new fortify
level which enhances memcpy() to prevent overflowing an element
of a struct. Under the enhancements, code such as
struct foo {
char empty[0];
char one[1];
char a[10];
char b[10];
};
int main() {
foo myfoo;
int n = atoi("11");
memcpy(myfoo.a, "01234567890123456789", n);
return 0;
}
will cleanly crash when the memcpy() call is made.
Fixup hostap code to support the new level. Specifically:
* Fixup sha1_transform so it works with the enhanced bounds checking.
The old memcpy() code was attempting to write to context.h0, but that
structure element is too small and the write was extending (by design)
into h1, h2, h3, and h4. Use explicit assignments instead of
overflowing the struct element.
* Modify most of the structures in ieee802_11_defs.h to use ISO C99
flexible array members (https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Zero-Length.html)
instead of a zero length array. Zero length arrays have zero length,
and any attempt to call memcpy() on such elements will always overflow.
Flexible array members have no such limitation. The only element not
adjusted is probe_req, since doing so will generate a compile time error,
and it's not obvious to me how to fix it.
Signed-off-by: Nick Kralevich <nnk@google.com>
wpa_ctrl.c gets sys/stat.h inherited from
private/android_filesystem_config.h it should
not rely on this in the future. The intent is
to move fs_config function into libcutils and
thus deprecate any need for sys/stat.h in this
include file.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
The internal TLS implementation started rejecting number of unsupported
configuration parameters recently, but those new error paths did not
free the allocated tlsv1_credentials buffer.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This function exposes internal state of the TLS negotiated parameters
for the sole purpose of being able to implement PRF for EAP-FAST. Since
tls_connection_prf() is now taking care of all TLS-based key derivation
cases, it is cleaner to keep this detail internal to each tls_*.c
wrapper implementation.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This is not needed anymore with the tls_connection_prf() being used to
handle all key derivation needs. tls_connection_get_keys() is a bit
misnamed for now, but it is only used to fetch the client and server
random for Session-Id derivation.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
tls_openssl.c is the only remaining TLS/crypto wrapper that needs the
internal PRF implementation for EAP-FAST (since
SSL_export_keying_material() is not available in older versions and does
not support server-random-before-client case). As such, it is cleaner to
assume that TLS libraries support tls_connection_prf() and move the
additional support code for the otherwise unsupported cases into
tls_openssl.c.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
is_ht_allowed is a confusing name since this variable is used to track
whether 40 MHz channel bandwidth is allowed instead of whether HT is
allowed in general.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds hexdumps of MSCHAP/MSCHAPv2 Challenge and Response in format
used by asleap. This is only enabled for CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y
builds.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If NEED_AP_MLME=y is not defined, compilation might
fail under some configurations:
src/ap/drv_callbacks.c:594:2: warning: implicit declaration of
function ‘hostapd_acs_completed’ [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
src/ap/sta_info.c:253: undefined reference to `sae_clear_retransmit_timer'
Fix these errors by adding the missing hostapd_acs_completed() stub,
and defining NEED_AP_MLME in case of CONFIG_SAE.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
This replaces the internal CBC mode implementation in
aes_128_cbc_encrypt() and aes_128_cbc_decrypt() with the OpenSSL
implementation for CONFIG_TLS=openssl builds.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The local buffers may contain information used to generate parts of the
derived key, so clear these explicitly to minimize amount of unnecessary
private key-related material in memory.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The local hash[] buffer may contain parts of the derived key, so clear
it explicitly to minimize number of unnecessary copies of key material
in memory.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The local T[] buffer may contain parts of the derived key, so clear it
explicitly to minimize number of unnecessary copies of key material in
memory.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Previous workaround for WEXT events from the Host AP driver required
wlan# and wifi# interfaces to have fixed names with the same number.
While that used to be the common case ten years ago, it is less common
nowadays. Extend this to use sysfs (if available) to figure out the
wifi# interface name if the specified interface is detected to be using
the Host AP driver.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Add SQLite error message and DB name to the DB related errors. Add
enough tracing so that users can know exactly where users are failing to
be found.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
The new network profile parameter mem_only_psk=1 can be used to specify
that the PSK/passphrase for that network is requested over the control
interface (ctrl_iface or D-Bus) similarly to the EAP network parameter
requests. The PSK/passphrase can then be configured temporarily in a way
that prevents it from getting stored to the configuration file.
For example:
Event:
CTRL-REQ-PSK_PASSPHRASE-0:PSK or passphrase needed for SSID test-wpa2-psk
Response:
CTRL-RSP-PSK_PASSPHRASE-0:"qwertyuiop"
Note: The response value uses the same encoding as the psk network
profile parameter, i.e., passphrase is within double quotation marks.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This extends EAP-pwd peer support to allow NtHash version of password
storage in addition to full plaintext password. In addition, this allows
the server to request hashed version even if the plaintext password is
available on the client. Furthermore, unsupported password preparation
requests are now rejected rather than allowing the authentication
attempt to continue.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This extends EAP-pwd server support to allow NtHash version of password
storage in addition to full plaintext password.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Old code defaulted to WEP for an AP advertising OSEN. Show as OSEN
instead. Re-use most of the RSN parsing logic since all but the header
is the same.
Example output:
[root@ath9k-f lanforge]# ./local/bin/wpa_cli -i sta0 scan_results
bssid / frequency / signal level / flags / ssid
00:0e:8e:6f:40:49 2462 -23 [OSEN-OSEN-CCMP][ESS] ben-138
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
HT requires QoS/WMM, so unset HT capabilities for a station
whose association request does not include a valid WMM IE.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
This extends NL80211_CMD_ROAM event processing to allow the driver to
roam to another ESS (different SSID) when using offloaded BSS selection.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Update ACS driver offload feature for VHT configuration. In addition,
this allows the chanlist parameter to be used to specify which channels
are included as options for the offloaded ACS case.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Delete all ASP serice advertisement on wpas_p2p_service_flush similarly
to Bonjour and UPnP services.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
There's off-by-one in the range availability check - the case of
first_chan_idx + num_chans == num_channels should be allowed (e.g., 0 +
1 == 1, for the case of a single 20 MHz channel).
Signed-off-by: Maital Hahn <maitalm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
When looking for a new operating channel, consider the case of
non-contiguous channels when checking all the needed channels (e.g., the
driver might support channels 36, 38, 40, so look for channels 36+40
explicitly, instead of failing when encountering channel 38).
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
In wiphy_info_handler(), vendor specific commands were
interpreted as QCA specific without checking for the OUI,
which caused incorrect setting of driver flags with
commands from other vendors. As a result, that could
prevent proper operation (e.g., inability to process CSA).
This patch ensures that QCA vendor specific commands are
checked against QCA OUI before related flags are set.
Signed-off-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
If the AP/Authenticator receives an EAPOL-Key msg 2/4 for an association
that negotiated use of PSK and the EAPOL-Key MIC does not match, it is
likely that the station is trying to use incorrect PSK/passphrase.
Report this with "AP-STA-POSSIBLE-PSK-MISMATCH <STA addr>" control
interface event.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
SChannel/CryptoAPI as a TLS/crypto library alternative was never
completed. Critical functionality is missing and there are bugs in this
implementation. Since there are no known plans of completing this
support, it is better to remove this code.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Channel 140 is needed as allowed HT40 channel pair to use
channel 144 introduced in 802.11ac for VHT40 and VHT80.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Handle NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES attribute and
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS to determine whether
the driver supports VHT with IBSS.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
It was possible for bitfield_get_first_zero() to read one octet beyond
the allocated bit buffer in case the first zero bit was not within
size-1 first octets.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This event was previously used only when disabling AP mode operation
through hostapd control interface. Make this more consistent by
providing same indication when disabling hostapd interface through the
interface deinit path. This adds the event to the case where a full
hostapd radio instance is removed which also applies for the
wpa_supplicant AP mode operations.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If OpenSSL reports that a presented leaf certificate is invalid,
but it has been explicitly pinned, accept it anyway.
Signed-off-by: Rohit Agrawal <rohit.agrawal.mn@gmail.com>
Previously, it would have been possible to complete RSN connection by
skipping the msg 3/4 and 4/4 completely. This would have resulted in
pairwise key not being configured. This is obviously not supposed to
happen in practice and could result in unexpected behavior, so reject
group key message before the initial 4-way handshake has been completed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
ML80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION can now set to NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ to
allow the driver to request wpa_supplicant to initiate TDLS Discovery
Request.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This extends the TDLS operation request mechanism to allow TDLS
Discovery Request to be initiated by the driver similarly to the
existing Setup and Teardown requests.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, it was possible for the wpa_sm_start_preauth() and
wpa_sm_rekey_ptk() eloop callbacks to remain active after disconnection
and potentially continue to be used for the next association. This is
not correct behavior, so explicitly cancel these timeouts to avoid
unexpected attempts to complete RSN preauthentication or to request PTK
to be rekeyed.
It was possible to trigger this issue, e.g., by running the following
hwsim test case sequence: ap_wpa2_ptk_rekey ap_ft_sae_over_ds
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The initial IEEE 802.11 ProxyARP functionality in the kernel needed
changes in behavior and that ended up requiring an independent
configuration parameter to be used. Update hostapd to use that new
proxyarp_wifi parameter instead of the earlier proxyarp.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This converts the QCA vendor event to EVENT_DFS_* events for the case
of DFS offloaded to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Modify the string for AP-CSA-FINISHED event indication to include a flag
which tells the framework whether the new channel is a DFS channel.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add handling logic for DFS offloaded case, and add a helper function
that takes the frequency (MHz) as a param and returns 1 if given channel
requires DFS, or 0 otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If DFS is offloaded to the driver, hostapd should not be performing
these operations. Send the relevant control interface events to provide
information to upper layer software that may use such events to track
DFS/CAC state. This makes the offloaded DFS implementation more
consistent with the DFS-in-hostapd behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This commit introduces a callback to notify any configuration updates
from the eap_proxy layer. This is used to trigger re-reading of IMSI and
MNC length.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If a connection with the primary server cannot be established, restore
connection to the previously used server.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit 347c55e216 ('RADIUS client: Re-try
connection if socket is closed on retransmit') added a new option for
initialing RADIUS server failover from radius_client_retransmit(), but
ended up trying to change authentication servers when accounting server
was supposed to be changed due to a copy-paste issue.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
It was possible for the GO Negotiation Response (failure) TX status to
be processed at a point where there is no P2P timeout to continue
search. Avoid stopping the ongoing search operation by explicitly
restarting it from this callback.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The optional freq=<MHz> can now be used with the P2P_FIND command to
specify a single channel to scan during the first round of P2P search.
For example, this can be used to replace the full initial scan with a
single channel scan of a known operation channel.
Signed-off-by: Daichi Ueura <daichi.ueura@sonymobile.com>
This reverts commit 3df2f4fe99 ('P2P:
Remove unused P2P_SCAN_SPECIFIC') with a modification to fit the current
code base.
Signed-off-by: Daichi Ueura <daichi.ueura@sonymobile.com>
Disable VHT caps for STAs for which there is not even a single
allowed MCS in any supported number of streams. i.e STA is
advertising 3 (not supported) as VHT MCS rates for all supported
streams.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Commit 347c55e216 ('RADIUS client: Re-try
connection if socket is closed on retransmit') added a possibility of
executing RADIUS server failover change within
radius_client_retransmit() without taking into account that this
operation may end up freeing the pending message that is being
processed. This could result in use of freed memory. Avoid this by
checking whether any pending messages have been removed and if so, do
not try to retransmit the potentially freed message.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Previously, send() was called with invalid fd = -1 in some error cases
for retransmission and this could even result in a loop of multiple such
attempts. This is obviously not going to work, so drop such attempts and
instead, try to reconnect a socket to the server if the current socket
is not valid.
In addition, initiate server failover immediately if the current socket
is not valid instead of waiting for a timeout.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If the initial attempt at opening the socket connection to the RADIUS
server failed due to missing IP connectivity during startup, e.g., with
"connect[radius]: Network is unreachable", hostapd did not try to
reconnect when RADIUS messages were sent. Instead, it only reported "No
authentication server configured" even if the configuration did have a
server entry.
This was broken by commit 9ed4076673
('RADIUS client: Do not try to send message without socket') for the
initial case and the more recent fixes in RADIUS server failover cases
did not cover the initial failure case.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
It does not look likely that the old DSA design would be added into the
internal TLS implement, so remove this otherwise dead code.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows wpa_supplicant to recover from some of the cases where
cfg80211 is unloaded and reloaded without restarting wpa_supplicant. The
netlink socket used for nl80211 events (global->nl_event) seemed to end
up in otherwise functionality state, but with all the event memberships
lost when cfg80211 gets reloaded.
There does not seem to be any clear way of determining when this has
happened, so it looks simplest to just try to re-subscribe to all the
events whenever an interface is re-enabled or added.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit e6dd8196e5 ('Work around Linux
packet socket regression') closed the workaround socket on the first
received EAPOL frame from the main packet socket. This can result in
closing the socket in cases where the kernel does not really work in the
expected way during the following initial association since
reauthentication/rekeying using EAPOL frames happens while operstate is
not dormant and as such, the frames can get delivered through the main
packet socket.
Fix this by closing the workaround socket only in case the first EAPOL
frame is received through the main packet socket. This case happens
while the interface is in dormant state and as such, is more likely to
show the more restricted case of kernel functionality.
In order to avoid processing the received EAPOL frames twice, verify a
checksum of the frame contents when receiving frames alternatively from
the main packet socket and the workaround socket.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
These values were previously used only for sorting the scan results, but
it may be useful to provide access to the used values through the BSS
entries.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This modifies the BSS selection routines to calculate SNR and estimated
throughput for each scan result and then use the estimated throughput as
a criteria for sorting the results. This extends the earlier design by
taking into account higher throughput rates if both the AP and local
device supports HT20, HT40, or VHT80. In addition, the maximum rate is
restricted based on SNR.
In practice, this gives significantly higher probability of selecting
HT/VHT APs when there are multiple BSSes in the same ESS and SNR is not
low enough to prevent higher MCS use.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This makes it somewhat easier to use CONFIG_WPA_TRACE=y build with
external programs that might not be aware of the initialization
requirement, e.g., when linking wpa_ctrl.c with a program that does not
use the os_*() wrappers.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This change adds the function hostapd_config_clear_wpa_psk() that
deletes an entire wpa_psk structure, making sure to follow the linked
list and to free the allocated memory of each PSK node. This helps to
prevent memory leaks when using PSKs from multiple sources and
reconfiguring the AP during runtime.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Tomanek <stefan.tomanek@wertarbyte.de>
Configure the GO CTWindow on APstart if the driver supports it and this
parameter is set in wpa_supplicant configuration.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Read p2p_go_ctwindow (0-127 TUs) from the config file, and pass it to
the driver on GO start.
Use p2p_go_ctwindow=0 (no CTWindow) by default.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Some APs (e.g., Cisco 1260) sometimes add padding to the end of short
TDLS management packets and that can look like invalid IEs. This was
allowed on M3 and discovery packets, but not in others. Allow it for the
other packets as well, since required IEs are verified in the code
anyway.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Add fixed_freq=<0/1> network block parameter and pass it to the driver
when starting or joining an IBSS. If this flag is set, IBSS should not
try to look for other IBSS networks to merge with on different channels.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
The '/usr/include/libnl3' header path is unsafe for cross-compilation.
Use pkg-config to find libnl-3.0 headers by default and alternatively,
allow LIBNL_INC=<path> to be used in .config to override.
Signed-off-by: Romain Naour <romain.naour@openwide.fr>
These were not supposed to include a newline at the end of the message
text since such formatting gets handled by tls_show_errors(). In
addition, change the message about the issuer's issuer to be more
accurate.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If addition of a peer issuer certificate fails, the certs pointer would
be NULL when being passed to sk_X509_push() for peer issuer's issuer.
Fix this by skipping addition of issuer's issue if issuer addition
fails.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If addition of a peer issuer certificate fails, the certs pointer would
be NULL when being passed to sk_X509_push() for peer issuer's issuer.
Fix this by skipping addition of issuer's issue if issuer addition
fails.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
When DFS offloading capability is supported by the driver, the driver
should use these events to indicate when a radar pattern has been
detected, channel availability check (CAC) has been completed, aborted
or finished after the non-occupancy period is over on a DFS channel.
Also, add a new driver.h event to be used by NL80211 to indicate CAC
Started event on a DFS channel.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If the driver indicates that the interface has been disabled, assume
that all associations have been lost and remove the hostapd STA entries.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
RTM_NEWLINK event without IFF_UP were processed for all related
interfaces (including VLANs and bridge). While these events may need to
be processed for other purposes, they should not end up claiming that
the main interface has been disabled, so indicate
EVENT_INTERFACE_DISABLED only if the ifname matches the first BSS ifname
for the interface. In addition, fix some of the ifup/down checks from
if_indextoname() cases to actually use the resolved ifname (namebuf)
rather than hardcoding the first configured ifname to be used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This uses couple of additional helper macros and prints more debug
information to make the VLAN events easier to analyze.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Sending client probe on already removed client from kernel driver does
not have any benefit and may lead unintended behavior among variable
drivers (mac80211 has a WARN_ON() that could have been triggered after
ifconfig down+up earlier when hostapd did not re-enable beaconing on
ifup). Skip this step in discussion when the kernel driver reports that
client entry is removed.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows WPA2 mode AP to be re-enabled automatically after external
ifconfig down + up on a netdev used by hostapd.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This is a step towards enabling hostapd to restart AP mode functionality
if the interface is disabled and re-enabled, e.g., with ifconfig down
and up. This commit takes care of beaconining only which may be
sufficient for open mode connection, but not for WPA2 cases.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It is possible for an Action frame TX operation to be stopped in a way
that results in the TX status callback function not being called. This
could happen, e.g., when P2P_STOP_FIND was issued while waiting for PD
Response TX status. This specific case ended in leaving
p2p->send_action_in_progress set to 1 and that ending up stopping a
future TX operation when p2p_send_action_cb() gets called with
p2p->pending_action_state == P2P_NO_PENDING_ACTION.
This could result in reception of a fragmented service discovery
response failing due to the GAS sequence getting stopped when receiving
TX callback for the first GAS comeback request. That sequence could be
hit in mac80211_hwsim tests when p2p_listen_and_offchannel_tx was
followed by p2p_service_discovery_fragmentation (even after a long time
since this was on dev1 and there could be even 10 minutes between these
test cases).
Fix this issue by clearing send_action_in_progress whenever stopping
pending P2P operation with p2p_stop_find (or P2P_FLUSH for that matter).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
When DFS offloading capability is supported by the driver, the driver
should use this event to indicate when channel availability check (CAC)
is started on a DFS channel.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds testing code (for CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds only) to
send an nl80211 vendor command and report a test vendor event in case
the driver supports this.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Do not reply to a Probe Request frame with a DSSS Parameter Set element
in which the channel is different than the operating channel of the AP,
as the sending station is not found on the AP's operating channel.
IEEE Std 802.11-2012 describes this as a requirement for an AP with
dot11RadioMeasurementActivated set to true, but strictly speaking does
not allow such ignoring of Probe Request frames if
dot11RadioMeasurementActivated is false. Anyway, this can help reduce
number of unnecessary Probe Response frames for cases where the STA is
less likely to see them (Probe Request frame sent on a neighboring, but
partially overlapping, channel).
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Send MESH-SAE-AUTH-BLOCKED event if SAE authentication is blocked. The
BLOCK state will finish when a new peer notification event is sent for
the same MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
SAE authentication fails likely with wrong password. This commit adds a
notification of the failure to the upper application (UI) so that the
application can notify suspection of a wrong password to the user. The
control interface monitor even for this is "MESH-SAE-AUTH-FAILURE
addr=<peer>".
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
Commit 5a2a6de6a5 ('mesh: Make inactivity
timer configurable') has a problem on 32 bit systems. Setting
NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT to 0xffffffff causes expiration of STA in
a minute by NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION event. this is the kernel rule for
STA expiration:
(current jiffies) > (frame Rx jiffies + NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT * 250)
On a 32 bit system, the right side could overflow and be unexpected
small value if NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT is sufficiently large. STA
expiration occurs by this reason.
This patch solves the problem by disabling the STA expiration
functionality in mac80211. However, old kernel does not support
disabling it. If so, this patch sets mac80211 inactivity timer 60
seconds into future from the wpa_supplicant inactivity timer.
And I mis-understood that mesh_max_inactivity=0 disables inactivity
timer in wpa_supplicant. This commit fixes it also.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
If HT40 co-ex scan fails due to the driver rejecting scan triggers
multiple times, it was possible for the ap_ht40_scan_retry() timeout
being left behind and it getting run after hapd->drv_priv has been
cleared. This would result in NULL pointer dereference in
driver_nl80211_scan.c. Fix this by canceling the timeout when disabling
the interface.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit e6dd8196e5 ('Work around Linux
packet socket regression') added a mechanism to close the workaround
bridge socket in l2_packet_receive(). However, it did not take into
account the possibility of the l2->rx_callback() closing the l2_packet
socket altogether. This could result in use of freed memory when usin
RSN pre-authentication. Fix this by reordering the calls to clear the
workaround socket before calling the rx_callback.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Previously, a channel with even a single scan/survey result missing
information was skipped in ACS. This may not be desirable in cases when
multiple scan iterations are used (which is the case by default in
hostapd). Instead, use all channels that provided at least one complete
set of results. Calculate the average interference factor as an average
of the iterations that did provide complete values.
This seems to help with some cases, e.g., when ath9k may not be able to
report the noise floor for all channels from the first scan iteration
immediately after the driver has been loaded, but then returns it for
all other scan iterations.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new acs_chan_bias configuration parameter is a space-separated list
of <channel>:<bias> pairs. It can be used to increase (or decrease) the
likelihood of a specific channel to be selected by the ACS algorithm.
The total interference factor for each channel gets multiplied by the
specified bias value before finding the channel with the lowest value.
In other words, values between 0.0 and 1.0 can be used to make a channel
more likely to be picked while values larger than 1.0 make the specified
channel less likely to be picked. This can be used, e.g., to prefer the
commonly used 2.4 GHz band channels 1, 6, and 11 (which is the default
behavior on 2.4 GHz band if no acs_chan_bias parameter is specified).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The interference factors for adjacent 2.4 GHz channels were summed
together without doing any kind of weighted average on them. This
resulted in the channels at the band edges getting undue preference due
to only including interference factors from three channels vs. five for
the channels in the middle of the band.
While it is somewhat unclear whether the design here was supposed to
count overlapping channels together in this way or whether that is
already covered in channel survey results, it is clear that this summing
of three to five values together and then comparing the sum rather than
average of some kind gives too much preference to the channels at the
edges of the band by assuming that there is no interference whatsoever
outside the band.
Use weighted average of the interference factors rather than a sum from
different number of values. For now, the adjacent 2.4 GHz channels get
weight of 0.85 (1.0 for the main channel itself) and the neighboring
channels to those adjacent ones get 0.55 weight. Band-edge channels are
handled in a way that takes average over the channels that were actually
considered instead of assuming zero interference from neighboring bands.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If p2p_find_timeout triggers after starting SD but before getting TX
status for send action, unwanted search could get triggered again when
TX status arrives though p2p_find_timeout moved the state to P2P_IDLE by
then. p2p_continue_find() would then move the state to P2P_SEARCH again.
Do not trigger the find operation from this context if state is
P2P_IDLE to avoid this.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This is going to be required for OpenSSL 1.1.0 which makes the SSL
structure opaque. Older versions starting from OpenSSL 1.0.1 include
this function, so start using it now based on OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
OpenSSL 0.9.8 and newer includes SSL_CTX_get_cert_store() and
SSL_CTX_set_cert_store() helper functions, so there is no need to
dereference the SSL_CTX pointer to cert ssl_ctx->cert_store. This helps
in working with the future OpenSSL 1.1.0 release that makes the SSL_CTX
structure opaque.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Do not claim to change the Listen channel in a debug message when
previously configured channel prevents this. In addition, fix a typo in
another related debug print.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If OBSS scan interval is not set, the AP must not schedule a timeout to
restore 40 MHz operation immediately after having moved to a 20 MHz
channel based on an unsolicited co-ex report. Fix this by scheduling the
timeout only if obss_interval is non-zero.
Since we do not currently support AP doing OBSS scans after the initial
BSS setup, this means practically that 40-to-20 MHz transition is
allowed, but 20-to-40 MHz is not with obss_interval=0. The latter gets
enabled if obss_interval is set to a non-zero value so that associated
STAs can take care of OBSS scanning.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
p2p_timeout_prov_disc_req is getting triggered in P2P_IDLE,
P2P_SEARCH and P2P_LISTEN_ONLY states. Retry logic should not be
limited to only P2P_IDLE state.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
During service discovery if P2P_FIND times out, P2P_FIND_STOPPED event
is sent to upper layers to allow follow up P2P_FIND commands. This needs
to be done also in case an SD was in progress during the find operation.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This introduces a P2P module callback function that will be used to
create the pending P2PS group after sending PD Response and receiving
ACK status for it.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
When the peer device is trying to form a new group despite having
old persistent group with same roles, remove the stale persistent
group.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This extends wpas_p2p_prov_disc() implementation to accept P2PS
parameters. None of the callers are yet using this functionality; the
following commit introduces a user.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds a data structure for storing P2PS PD information and code to
add the related attributes into PD Request. The actual operation to
trigger this behavior will be added in a separate commit.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add support to parse received GAS requests for ASP services and
prepare GAS responses accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
In addition, add a new P2P_SERVICE_REP command that can be used to
replace existing ASP advertisements.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This make it easier to use wpa_s->p2p_group without having to check
whether there is a group initialized on this wpa_s instance.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This provides additional WPS definitions and rules for negotiating use
of P2PS default PIN configuration method.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
P2PS seek strings can now be specified in the P2P_FIND control interface
command with one or more optional "seek=<str>" parameters.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes it easier to debug issues related to ongoing P2P operations
getting stopped due to Action frame exchanges.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
For wired IEEE 802.1X authentication, phase1="allow_canned_success=1"
can now be used to configure a mode that allows EAP-Success (and
EAP-Failure) without going through authentication step. Some switches
use such sequence when forcing the port to be authorized/unauthorized or
as a fallback option if the authentication server is unreachable. By
default, wpa_supplicant discards such frames to protect against
potential attacks by rogue devices, but this option can be used to
disable that protection for cases where the server/authenticator does
not need to be authenticated.
When enabled, this mode allows EAP-Success/EAP-Failure as an immediate
response to EAPOL-Start (or even without EAPOL-Start) and EAP-Success is
also allowed immediately after EAP-Identity exchange (fallback case for
authenticator not being able to connect to authentication server).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
wpa_supplicant used to request user to re-enter username/password if the
server indicated that EAP-MSCHAPv2 (e.g., in PEAP Phase 2)
authentication failed (E=691), but retry is allowed (R=1). This is a
reasonable default behavior, but there may be cases where it is more
convenient to close the authentication session immediately rather than
wait for user to do something.
Add a new "mschapv2_retry=0" option to the phase2 field to allow the
retry behavior to be disabled. This will make wpa_supplicant abort
authentication attempt on E=691 regardless of whether the server allows
retry.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Linux kernel commit 576eb62598f10c8c7fd75703fe89010cdcfff596 ('bridge:
respect RFC2863 operational state') from 2012 introduced a regression
for using wpa_supplicant with EAPOL frames and a station interface in a
bridge. Since it does not look like this regression is going to get
fixed any time soon (it is already two years from that commit and over
1.5 from a discussion pointing out the regression), add a workaround in
wpa_supplicant to avoid this issue.
The wpa_supplicant workaround uses a secondary packet socket to capture
all frames (ETH_P_ALL) from the netdev that is in a bridge. This is
needed to avoid the kernel regression. However, this comes at the price
of more CPU load. Some of this is avoided with use of Linux socket
filter, but still, this is less efficient than a packet socket bound to
the specific EAPOL ethertype. The workaround gets disabled
automatically, if the main packet socket interface on the bridge
interface turns out to be working for RX (e.g., due to an old kernel
version being used or a new kernel version having a fix for the
regression). In addition, this workaround is only taken into use for the
special case of running wpa_supplicant with an interface in a bridge.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Use standard numbers-and-dots format for IPv4 in debug logs instead
of hexdump in two different byte orders.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, the old VLAN ID could have been deleted before the STA was
bound to the new VLAN in case the RADIUS server changed the VLAN ID
during an association. This did not exactly work well with mac80211, so
reorder the operations in a way that first binds the STA to the new VLAN
ID and only after that, removes the old VLAN interface if no STAs remain
in it.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, it was possible for some corner cases to leave the WPA
authenticator state machine running if PMK could not be derived. Change
this to forcefully disconnect the STA to get more consistent behavior
and faster notification of the error.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This type of error reporting cases should use wpa_printf() to get
consistent debug logging behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The payload length in a Phase 2 TLV message reporting error was not set
correctly. Fix this to not include the TLVs that are included only in
success case.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This extends the VENDOR-TEST EAP method peer implementation to allow
pending processing case to be selected at run time. The
ap_wpa2_eap_vendor_test test case is similarly extended to include this
option as the second case for full coverage.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Drop the unneeded 'attempt' argument. This was originally used for
indicating an aborted PMKID caching attempt, but a fix in 2006 removed
the only such user and since that time, only attempt == 1 has been used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This replaces the implementation in aes-wrap.c and aes-unwrap.c with
OpenSSL AES_wrap_key() and AES_unwrap_key() functions when building
hostapd or wpa_supplicant with OpenSSL.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
These have reached out-of-life status in the OpenSSL project and there
is no need to maintain support for them in hostapd/wpa_supplicant
either.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Use OpenSSL HMAC_* functions to implement HMAC-MD5 instead of depending
on the src/crypto/md5.c implementation.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 630b3230c8 ('nl80211: Increase
netlink receive buffer size') added unconditional use of
nl_socket_set_buffer_size() which was not included in libnl 1.1. Fix use
of that old version by making this conditional on CONFIG_LIBNL20.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This modifies struct wpa_ptk to allow the length of KCK and KEK to be
stored. This is needed to allow longer keys to be used, e.g., with
Suite B 192-bit level.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
omac1_aes_256() and omac1_aes_vector() can now be used to perform
256-bit CMAC operations similarly to the previously supported 128-bit
cases.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The correct nl80211 flag for group key management cipher was set only
for BIP (AES-CMAC-128). The same flag needs to be used with the newer
ciphers BIP-CMAC-256, BIP-GMAC-128, and BIP-GMAC-256.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
A NULL pointer crash was caused by commit
7139cf4a4f ('P2P: Decrement
sd_pending_bcast_queries when sd returns'). p2p->sd_query can be cleared
to NULL whenever a query is cancelled, even in case the request had
already been transmitted. As such, need to be prepared for the query not
remaining when processing TX status callback for the frame.
Crashes on 2ee98 in following code
2ee90: f7fc f8b6 bl 2b000 <p2p_dbg>
2ee94: e02c b.n 2eef0 <p2p_send_action_cb+0x348>
2ee96: 6c25 ldr r5, [r4, #64] ; 0x40
2ee98: 68ee ldr r6, [r5, #12]
2ee9a: b166 cbz r6, 2eeb6 <p2p_send_action_cb+0x30e>
Signed-off-by: Ola Olsson <ola.olsson@sonymobile.com>
libnl uses a pretty small buffer (32 kB that gets converted to 64 kB) by
default. It is possible to hit that limit in some cases where operations
are blocked, e.g., with a burst of Deauthentication frames to hostapd
and STA entry deletion. Try to increase the buffer to make this less
likely to occur.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The ANQP verification/parsing is done only after the GAS_DONE indication
is sent over the control interface. This means that in case the ANQP
parsing fails there is no indication to the upper layers. Add an
ANQP-QUERY-DONE event that reports the status of the ANQP parsing.
Signed-off-by: ASHUTOSH NARAYAN <ashutoshx.narayan@intel.com>
If TLS encryption fails, encr may be NULL and that would have resulted
in NULL pointer dereference..
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
In ieee802_1x_decapsulate_radius(), eap_server_get_name() may return
NULL, and it could be dereferenced depending on printf implementation.
Change it to return "unknown" instead for the case of no matching EAP
method found. This makes it easier for the callers to simply print this
in logs (which is the only use for this function).
Signed-off-by: Eytan Lifshitz <eytan.lifshitz@intel.com>
We were copying the NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA attribute into the
extended_capa_mask element, which is incorrect. Use
NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK instead.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Commit ce7b56afab ('WPS: Fix an
interoperability issue with mixed mode and AP Settings') added code to
filter M7 Authentication/Encryption Type attributes into a single bit
value in mixed mode (WPA+WPA2) cases to work around issues with Windows
7. This workaround was lost in commit
d7a15d5953 ('WPS: Indicate current AP
settings in M7 in unconfigurated state') that fixed unconfigured state
values in AP Settings, but did not take into account the earlier
workaround for mixed mode.
Re-introduce filtering of Authentication/Encryption Type attributes for
M7 based on the current AP configuration. In other words, merge those
two earlier commits together to include both the earlier workaround the
newer fix.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add the possibility to define a subset of channels used by the ACS
engine when not operating on DFS channels.
Signed-off-by: Adrien Decostre <ad.decostre@gmail.com>
Current mesh code uses ap_max_inactivity as inactivity timer. This patch
makes it configurable.
There is another mesh inactivity timer in mac80211. The timer works even
if user_mpm=1. So this patch sets the max value to the timer for
workaround.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
If the inactivity check returns that there is no entry remaining for the
STA in the kernel, drop the STA in hostapd as well.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
It was possible for an out-of-memory code path to trigger NULL pointer
dereference when preparing a RADIUS accounting report.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This extends Disconnect-Request processing to check against PMKSA cache
entries if no active session (STA association) match the request.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
dot1xAuthSessionId was previously used to make Acct-Session-Id available
through the control interface. While there is no IEEE 802.1X MIB
variable for Acct-Multi-Session-Id, it is useful to make this value
available as well.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, the first matching STA was picked. That is not really the
design in RFC 5176, so extend this matching code to go through all
specified session identification attributes and verify that all of them
match. In addition, check for a possible case of multiple sessions
matching. If such a case is detected, return with Disconnect-NAK and
Error-Code 508 (multiple session selection not supported).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If a second scan trigger attempt fails in STA mode, the error path was
supposed to restore the old mode that was in use before changing to STA
mode. However, wpa_driver_nl80211_set_mode() changes drv->nlmode on
success, so the recovery path needs to use the saved old_mode value
instead.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This is similar with domain_suffix_match, but required a full match of
the domain name rather than allowing suffix match (subdomains) or
wildcard certificates.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
A new "CTRL-EVENT-EAP-PEER-ALT depth=<i> <alt name>" event is now used
to provide information about server certificate chain alternative
subject names for upper layers, e.g., to make it easier to configure
constraints on the server certificate. For example:
CTRL-EVENT-EAP-PEER-ALT depth=0 DNS:server.example.com
Currently, this includes DNS, EMAIL, and URI components from the
certificates. Similar information is priovided to D-Bus Certification
signal in the new altsubject argument which is a string array of these
items.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit e7d0e97bdb ('hostapd: Add vendor
specific VHT extension for the 2.4 GHz band') resulted in a compiler
warning regarding comparison between signed and unsigned integers at
least for 32-bit builds.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new VENDOR_ELEM value 13 can now be used to add a vendor element
into all (Re)Association Request frames, not just for P2P use cases like
the previous item was for.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows vendor specific information element to be used to advertise
support for VHT on 2.4 GHz band. In practice, this is used to enable use
of 256 QAM rates (VHT-MCS 8 and 9) on 2.4 GHz band.
This functionality is disabled by default, but can be enabled with
vendor_vht=1 parameter in hostapd.conf if the driver advertises support
for VHT on either 2.4 or 5 GHz bands.
Signed-off-by: Yanbo Li <yanbol@qti.qualcomm.com>
This allows ocsp=2 to be used with wpa_supplicant when built with GnuTLS
to request TLS status extension (OCSP stapling) to be used to validate
server certificate validity.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The server certificate will be rejected if it includes any EKU and none
of the listed EKUs is either TLS Web Server Authentication or ANY.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Certificate expiration is checked both within GnuTLS and in the
tls_gnutls.c implementation. The former was configured to use the
request to ignore time checks while the latter was not. Complete support
for this parameter by ignoring the internal expiration checks if
requested.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows private key and client certificate to be configured using
wpa_supplicant blobs instead of external files.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
It looks like GnuTLS may return success on
gnutls_certificate_set_x509_*() functions with GNUTLS_X509_FMT_PEM even
when trying to read DER encoded information. Reverse the order of
parsing attempts so that we start with DER and then move to PEM if
GnuTLS reports failure on DER parsing. This seems to be more reliable
way of getting errors reported and both cases can now be handled.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This new wpa_supplicant and hostapd control interface command can be
used to determine which TLS library is used in the build and what is the
version of that library.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows wpa_supplicant to provide more information about peer
certificate validation results to upper layers similarly to the
mechanism used with OpenSSL.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This implementation uses GnuTLS function
gnutls_x509_crt_check_hostname(). It has a bit different rules regarding
matching (allows wildcards in some cases, but does not use suffix
matching) compared to the internal implementation used with OpenSSL.
However, these rules are sufficiently close to each other to be of
reasonable use for most cases.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
After having checked all known GNUTLS_CERT_* error cases that we care
about, check that no other errors have been indicated by
gnutls_certificate_verify_peers2() as a reason to reject negotiation.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Make the debug output more useful for determining whuch version of
GnuTLS was used and what was negotiated for the session.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
GnuTLS 2.10.0 added gnutls_certificate_set_verify_function() that can be
used to move peer certificate validation to an earlier point in the
handshake. Use that to get similar validation behavior to what was done
with OpenSSL, i.e., reject the handshake immediately after receiving the
peer certificate rather than at the completion of handshake.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
GnuTLS project has marked 2.12.x obsolete since January 2014. There is
not much need for maintaining support for obsolete versions of the
library, so drop all #if/#endif blocks targeting 2.x.y versions. In
practice, none of these were requiring 2.12.x version with x greater
than 0, so 2.12.x remains supported for now.
In addition, add newer version (GnuTLS 3.0.18 and newer) to fetch client
and server random from the session since the old method is not supported
by new GnuTLS versions and as such, gets removed with rest of the old
ifdef blocks.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
No one should be using GnuTLS versions older than 1.3.2 from 2006
anymore, so remove these unnecessary #if/#endif checks.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This was needed with very old GnuTLS versions, but has not been needed,
or used, since GnuTLS 1.3.2 which was released in 2006. As such, there
is no need to maintain this code anymore and it is better to just clean
the source code by removing all the related code.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows GnuTLS to be used with trusted CA certificate from
wpa_supplicant blob rather than an external certificate file.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This TLS configuration parameter is explicitly for OpenSSL. Instead of
ignoring it silently, reject any configuration trying to use it in
builds that use other options for TLS implementation.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This define had been forgotten at some point in time and wpa_supplicant
compilation for Windows failed with some recently added code that
depended on this.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Addition of os_memcmp_const() in commit
afc3c8b07f had forgotten to include
common.h into os_win32.c to get u8 defined.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
NSS as a TLS/crypto library alternative was never completed and this
barely functional code does not even build with the current NSS version.
Taken into account that there has not been much interest in working on
this crypto wrapper over the years, it is better to just remove this
code rather than try to get it into somewhat more functional state.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Validation of these parameters has not been implemented with schannel.
Instead of ignoring them silently, reject the configuration to avoid
giving incorrect impression of the parameters being used if
wpa_supplicant is built with schannel instead of the default OpenSSL.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Validation of these parameters has not been implemented in the internal
TLS implementation. Instead of ignoring them silently, reject the
configuration to avoid giving incorrect impression of the parameters
being used if wpa_supplicant is built with the internal TLS
implementation instead of the default OpenSSL.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Validation of these parameters has not been implemented with GnuTLS.
Instead of ignoring them silently, reject the configuration to avoid
giving incorrect impression of the parameters being used if
wpa_supplicant is built with GnuTLS instead of the default OpenSSL.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
These were already covered in both README-HS20 for credentials and in
header files for developers' documentation, but the copy in
wpa_supplicant.conf did not include all the details. In addition, add a
clearer note pointing at subject_match not being suitable for suffix
matching domain names; domain_suffix_match must be used for that.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
data.function needs to be set for the return value to be of any use and
strcmp won't work with NULL pointer either. (CID 99907)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
In many applications it is useful not just to enumerate a group of well
known access points, but to use a address/mask notation to match an
entire set of addresses (ca:ff:ee:00:00:00/ff:ff:ff:00:00:00).
This change expands the data structures used by MAC lists to include a
mask indicating the significant (non-masked) portions of an address and
extends the list parser to recognize mask suffixes.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Tomanek <stefan.tomanek@wertarbyte.de>
There should not be a mesh-specific mechanism for setting up channel
parameters since that will just result in duplicated code. IBSS, mesh,
and AP mode can use the same data structures and parameters for setting
up such parameters.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Add WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_HT_IBSS driver feature flag. Some drivers could not
set this feature and next could fail when we will enable HT support for
IBSS with error message: nl80211: Join IBSS failed: ret=-22 (Invalid
argument).
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Add the t0 retransmission timer as specified by IEEE Std 802.11-2012,
11.3.8.4. This makes SAE much more likely to succeed in the case of lost
frames.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
When performing SAE authentication in mesh, one station may
initiate authentication by sending a COMMIT as soon as a peer
candidate is discovered. Previously we did this in mesh_rsn.c,
but this left some of the state initialization in a different
part of the code from the rest of the state machine, and we may
need to add other initializations here in the future, so move
that to a more central function.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
On FreeBSD and DragonFly BSD, we additionally need to skip the
isr_meshid_len bytes of the MESH ID, to get the correct address for
copying the IE data.
The isr_meshid_len field was added in the FreeBSD svn revision r195618
in 2009, so I don't think we need to check the FreeBSD version here.
Signed-off-by: Imre Vadász <imre@vdsz.com>
The local conf pointer needs to be cleared once it gets assigned to
hapd_iface to avoid double-free of the configuration data on error path.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The new control interface command TEST_ALLOC_FAIL and GET_ALLOC_FAIL can
now be used to trigger memory allocation failures for testing purposes.
TEST_ALLOC_FAIL sets a failure conditions with
<count>:func[;func][;func]... string and GET_ALLOC_FAIL returns the
current state using the same format. Whenever an allocation is made with
a matching backtrace of calling functions, the count is decremented by
one and once zero is reached, the allocation is forced to fail.
Function names can be prefixed with either '=' or '?' to get different
matching behavior. '=' requires this specific function to be the next
one in the backtrace (i.e., do not skip any other functions in the list
which is the default behavior). '?' allows the function to be optionally
present in the backtrace.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
It is possible for wpa_tdls_teardown_peers() to be called with sm ==
NULL in case interface addition fails before the WPA state machine is
initialized.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
With CONFIG_WPA_TRACE_BFD, the type cast from void* to integer was
generating a compiler warning due to the target integer being larger in
size in case of 32-bit builds. Type case to bfd_hostptr_t instead of
directly to bfd_vma to avoid this.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The socket reference tracking entries need to be restored in case
os_realloc_array() fails when adding a new eloop socket.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The per-BSS configuration information needs to be freed if hostapd fails
to add a new interface for a BSS added with "ADD bss_config=..."
command.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If hostapd_alloc_bss_data() failed to allocate the struct hostapd_data
instance, dynamic interface addition path ended up trying to dereference
freed memory due to incorrect cleanup steps. Fix this by decrementing
the interface count when the newly added interface is removed. In
addition, make the setup more robust by clearing all changes within
hostapd_data_alloc() if any of the allocations fails.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Unfortunately, libnl 3.0 has changed the API in a way that is not
backwards compatible by renaming nlmsg_len() to nlmsg_datalen() without
leaving the older nlmsg_len() defined. As such, there does not seem to
be any clean way of using this function without breaking the build with
some libnl versions. For now, replace this call with direct calculation
of the data length since it can be done with a simple one-liner that
compiles with all libnl versions.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This was supposed to use the iterations parameter from the caller
instead of the hardcoded 4096. In practice, this did not have problems
for normal uses since that 4096 value was used in all cases.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This moves the AES-SIV test case from tests/test-aes.c to be part of
wpa_supplicant module testing framework with a new
src/crypto/crypto_module_tests.c component. In addition, the second test
vector from RFC 5297 is also included for additional coverage.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This function is not used outside aes-siv.c. In addition, include the
aes_siv.h header to make sure that functions get declared consistently.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
These are practically unreachable code since cfg80211 fills in the
required attributes or does not send the event. Keep the checks in
place, but minimize the extra code in wpa_supplicant/hostapd.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
cfg80211 dropped support for tracking BSS authentication state and
setting NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED in 'cfg80211: stop tracking
authenticated state' three years ago (starting in Linux 3.4). As such,
this workaround code in wpa_supplicant cannot be reached anymore. There
is no real need for maintaining it for older kernels either, since there
are other ways of detecting and working around state mismatches with the
actual authentication operations failing.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
While there is no explicit driver capability advertisement for this in
nl80211, the EOPNOTSUPP response can be interpreted as a clear
indication of NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD not being supported. Check
for that and don't try to offload keys again if the driver has not use
for them.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
1. Add parameters to the scan command to allow MAC address
randomization during scan and scheduled scan.
2. Add capability bits to publish MAC address randomization support
in scan and scheduled scan.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
The kernel-driver/firmware are responsible for performing periodic
switches to the target channel with the given peer. Propagate all TDLS
channel switching related information to kernel.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
The supplicant code does not try to control the actual channel of the
radio at any point. It simply passes the target peer and channel
parameters to the driver. It's the driver's responsibility to
periodically initiate TDLS channel-switch operations when TDLS
channel-switching is enabled.
Allow enable/disable operations to be invoked via the control interface.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Mark an appropriate sm flag when TDLS switch is prohibited by the AP.
Populate the flag upon association with the AP.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
If registering WMM-AC ADDTS response action frame or WMM-AC DELTS
action frame fails, the management frame handler is not being
registered. This results with a segmentation fault when trying to
unsubscribe the handler when the interface is removed.
Fix it by always registering the handler and just returning a negative
value to note that the action frame could not be registered.
This fixes an issue introduced in the commit
dfa8787833 ('nl80211: Implement
add_ts/del_ts ops').
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
This reduces the time possible keys could remain in heap memory. Couple
of the nl80211 messages include keys (TK for normal ciphers and
KCK/KEK/PMK for various offloading cases).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
There was one final remaining linux_set_iface_flags() call that did not
check the result. This specific one does not really matter much, but
anyway, be more consistent by checking the result and log any error in
debug log. (CID 74146)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
It was possible to add WPS vendor extensions through the D-Bus
WPSVendorExtensions setter, but these extensions were not freed when the
P2P GO was stopped or when replacing previously configured extensions.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
There is no need to keep temporary keys in memory beyond the end of the
association, so explicitly clear any SAE buffers that can contain keys
as soon as such keys are not needed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
It was possible for the decrypted EAPOL-Key Key Data field to remain in
heap after the temporary buffer was freed. Explicitly clear that buffer
before freeing it to minimize the time GTK remains in memory.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
There is no need for wpa_supplicant to maintain a copy of the TK part of
PTK after this has been configured to the driver, so clear that from
heap memory and only maintain KEK and KCK during association to allow
additional EAPOL-Key handshakes.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
PMK and PTK are not needed in the supplicant state machine after
disassociation since core wpa_supplicant will reconfigure them for the
next association. As such, clear these from heap in
wpa_sm_notify_disassoc() to reduce time and number of places storing key
material in memory. In addition, clear FT keys in case of
CONFIG_IEEE80211R=y build (sm->xxkey stored a copy of PSK in case of
FT-PSK).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If hostapd will use stdout for debugging, set stdout to be line
buffered in case its output is redirected to a file. This allows
incremental output to be viewed immediately instead of at the file
buffering interval.
Signed-hostap: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
It isn't mandatory. If we need one and it's not present, the ENGINE will
try asking for it. Make sure it doesn't actually let an OpenSSL UI loose,
since we don't currently capture those.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
It needs to be available to ENGINE_by_id(), which in my case means it
needs to be /usr/lib64/openssl/engines/libpkcs11.so. But that's a system
packaging issue. If it isn't there, it will fail gracefully enough with:
ENGINE: engine pkcs11 not available [error:25066067:DSO support routines:DLFCN_LOAD:could not load the shared library]
TLS: Failed to set TLS connection parameters
EAP-TLS: Failed to initialize SSL.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
This means that if the PKCS#11 engine is installed in the right place
in the system, it'll automatically be invoked by ENGINE_by_id("pkcs11")
later, and things work without explictly configuring pkcs11_engine_path.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
If these start with "pkcs11:" then they are PKCS#11 URIs. These Just Work
in the normal private_key/ca_cert/client_cert configuration fields when
built with GnuTLS; make it work that way with OpenSSL too.
(Yes, you still need to explicitly set engine=1 and point to the engine,
but I'll work on that next...)
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
There's no reason I shouldn't be able to use PKCS#11 for just the CA cert,
or even the client cert, while the private key is still from a file.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
New versions of engine_pkcs11 will automatically use the system's
p11-kit-proxy.so to make the globally-configured PKCS#11 tokens available
by default. So invoking the engine without an explicit module path is
not an error.
Older engines will fail but gracefully enough, so although it's still an
error in that case there's no need for us to catch it for ourselves.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
This converts most of the remaining perror() and printf() calls from
hostapd and wpa_supplicant to use wpa_printf().
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
It's possible to jump through hoops to support it in older versions too,
but that seems a little unnecessary at this point.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
'_t' suffix for gnutls_session and gnutls_transport_ptr was added in
GnuTLS 1.1.11 over ten years ago and the more recent versions of GnuTLS
have started forcing compiler warnings from the old names. Move to the
new names and don't bother about backwards compatibility with older
versions taken into account how long ago this change happened in GnuTLS.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
struct wpa_driver_associate_params moved to using struct
hostapd_freq_params instead of just frequency. Need to update wpa_priv
to do same.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Some of the struct hostapd_data variables get initialized with allocated
memory in the P2P GO case even before hapd->started has been set to 1.
As such, hostapd_free_hapd_data() needs to free these even if
!hapd->stated.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
It would be at least theoretically possible for the bridge netdev to
have disappeared at the time hostapd processes the RTM newlink/dellink
message. As such, it is better to verify that if_indextoname() actually
returned success before printing the bridge ifname in debug. In
addition, there is not much point trying to add the bridge ifindex into
the list of own ifindexes in case the interface has already been
removed, so skip that part as well.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
There is a possible race condition between receiving the
NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE event and the Authentication frame from the peer.
Previously, if the Authentication frame RX event was indicated first,
that frame got dropped silently. Now, this frame is still dropped, but a
copy of it is stored and the frame gets processed on the following
NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE event if that is received for the same peer within
two seconds.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit 587d60d2b7 ('Add AP mode support
for HT 20/40 co-ex Action frame') added processing of co-ex report, but
did not include proper bounds checking or IE type checking for the
payload. Furthermore, this was not ready for the possible extensibility
of the 20/40 BSS Coexistence element.
Fix these by checking IE ids for both elements and doing more
apprioriate bounds checking for the element lengths to avoid potentially
reading beyond the frame buffer. Though, the event receive buffer in
both libnl and driver_nl80211_monitor.c is sufficiently large to make it
very unlikely that the maximum read of about 260 bytes beyond the end of
the Action frame would really have any chances of hitting the end of the
memory buffer, so the practical effect of missing bounds checking would
have been possibly accepting an invalid report frame and moving to 20
MHz channel unnecessarily.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit 5ce3ae4c8f tried to clean up
fetching a pointer to the action code field, but it forgot to add
IEEE80211_HDRLEN to the pointer. This resulted in the coex report
elements being read from too early in the frame.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This was used in the past, but all the event processing is now either
through process_global_event() or process_bss_event().
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Maximum number of peer links is maximum number of connecting mesh peers
at the same time. This value is 0..255 based on the
dot11MeshNumberOfPeerings range.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
This helps hwsim test cases by avoiding undesired state from previously
executed test cases affecting following tests.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The local ifindex list needs to be updated only if the current bridge
interface is the correct one. If hostapd is going to move the interface
to another bridge, the old bridge ifindex must not be added. In
addition, when removing the bridge interface on deinit, it may need to
be set down to allow bridge removal.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The interface was incorrectly changed to station mode between the two
IBSS join requests and that made the second attempt fail. Remove that
undesired mode clearing from this special case of IBSS leave sequence.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
These hostapd configuration parameter was left at the default values
(WPA-PSK/TKIP) even for cases where WPA was disabled. While these
parameters are not really used much in non-WPA cases, they do get used
for one corner case in nl80211 configuration to disable encryption of
EAPOL frames in IEEE 802.1X WEP case.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit 9f12614b8c ('nl80211: Do not
encrypt IEEE 802.1X WEP EAPOL') tried to use
NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT to disable encryption of EAPOL
frames for WEP IEEE 802.1X. However, it used incorrect key management
suite (IEEE 802.1X with WPA/WPA2 while the non-WPA version is needed
here). Consequently, the no-encrypt flag was never set to the driver
(WPA/WPA2 cases do not meet the WEP as pairwise criteria).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
While other authentication algorithms mark Status Code as being Reserved
in the case of the transaction number 1, SAE does not. Check that the
Status Code indicates success before creating SAE state. In addition,
fix the mesh anti-clogging token request parsing on big endian CPUs.
Transaction number 2 (confirm) can also have non-zero Status Code to
report an error. Those should be processed, but not replied to with yet
another error message. This could happen in mesh case. Avoid a loop of
error messages by dropping the non-success case without additional
response.
In addition, don't reply to unknown transaction numbers if the status
code is non-zero. This avoids a loop of error messages if an invalid
frame where to be injected (or unlikely corruption were to occur).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The mesh gate is used to bridge (or route) between mesh network and
another network. For example, mesh gate acts as router between mesh
network and IEEE 802.11 BSS network.
This command makes a virtual mesh interface to be used for mesh gate.
This command expects to be used like this.
wpa_cli -i wlan0 MESH_INTERFACE_ADD ifname=mesh0
wpa_cli -i mesh0 add_network
wpa_cli -i mesh0 set_network 0 ssid '"commell_2X_mmm"'
wpa_cli -i mesh0 set_network 0 mode 5
wpa_cli -i mesh0 set_network 0 frequency 2412
wpa_cli -i mesh0 set_network 0 key_mgmt SAE
wpa_cli -i mesh0 set_network 0 psk '"01234567"'
wpa_cli -i mesh0 mesh_group_add 0
wpa_cli -i wlan0 mesh_group_remove mesh0
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
This was used only for the VHT capability checks for determining bit
offset for right shift. That was replaced with a constant defines since
there is no need to calculate this at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Building wpa_supplicant with the musl C library fails since musl does
not define type names such as '__uint32_t'. To support building
wpa_supplicant with the musl C library use the integer types declared in
the ISO C standard header file <stdint.h>.
Signed-off-by: Jörg Krause <jkrause@posteo.de>
drv->ctx always points to the first BSS and we should report event using
BSS related to the interface we got NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION from.
This fixes STA association for drivers using NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION and
multiple virtual interfaces.
Before:
nl80211: Drv Event 19 (NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) received for wlan0-1 (ifindex:7)
nl80211: New station 02:00:00:00:01:00
wlan0: STA 02:00:00:00:01:00 IEEE 802.11: associated
After:
nl80211: Drv Event 19 (NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) received for wlan0-1 (ifindex:7)
nl80211: New station 02:00:00:00:01:00
wlan0-1: STA 02:00:00:00:01:00 IEEE 802.11: associated
This is not applicable to the cases where authentication (AP SME & MLME)
is in hostapd and hostapd_assoc_cb() instead of hostapd_notif_assoc()
handles BSS selection.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
This allows recovery through fallback to full EAP authentication if the
server rejects us, e.g., due to having dropped ERP state.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This can be used to drop any pending ERP key from both the internal AP
authentication server and RADIUS server use of hostapd.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The new hostapd.conf radio_measurements parameter can now be used to
configure a test build to advertise support for radio measurements with
neighbor report enabled. There is no real functionality that would
actually process the request, i.e., this only for the purpose of minimal
STA side testing for now.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Previously, only WPA + WPA2 was covered. If FT is enabled in addition to
WPA, MDIE is included in the buffer between RSN and WPA elements. The
previous version ended up leaving only the MDIE after having skipped RSN
element. Fix this to skip MDIE as well to leave only WPA IE regardless
of whether FT is enabled in AP configuration.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The send_eapol() callback was used by driver_test.c, but with that
removed, there is no remaining users of the alternative EAPOL frame
transmitting mechanism in wpa_supplicant, i.e., all remaining driver
interfaces use l2_packet instead. Remove the send_eapol() to get rid of
unused code.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit d4913c585e ('OpenSSL: Fix EAP-FAST
peer regression') introduced a workaround to use a new SSL_CTX instance
set for TLSv1_method() when using EAP-FAST. While that works, it is
unnecessarily complex since there is not really a need to use a separate
SSL_CTX to be able to do that. Instead, simply use SSL_set_ssl_method()
to update the ssl_method for the SSL instance. In practice, this commit
reverts most of the tls_openssl.c changes from that earlier commit and
adds that single call into tls_connection_set_params() based on EAP-FAST
flag.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This can be used to determine whether the last TLS-based EAP
authentication instance re-used a previous session (e.g., TLS session
resumption or EAP-FAST session ticket).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This commit introduces a QCA vendor command that allows interrogation of
the vendor-specific features supported by the device/driver. Currently
the only defined feature is the ability to offload key management.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 35efa2479f ('OpenSSL: Allow TLS
v1.1 and v1.2 to be negotiated by default') changed from using
TLSv1_method() to SSLv23_method() to allow negotiation of TLS v1.0,
v1.1, and v1.2.
Unfortunately, it looks like EAP-FAST does not work with this due to
OpenSSL not allowing ClientHello extensions to be configured with
SSL_set_session_ticket_ext() when SSLv23_method() is used. Work around
this regression by initiating a separate SSL_CTX instance for EAP-FAST
phase 1 needs with TLSv1_method() while leaving all other EAP cases
using TLS to work with the new default that allows v1.1 and v1.2 to be
negotiated. This is not ideal and will hopefully get fixed in the future
with a new OpenSSL method, but until that time, this can be used allow
other methods use newer TLS versions while still allowing EAP-FAST to be
used even if it remains to be constraint to TLS v1.0 only.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit f5fa824e9a ('Update OpenSSL 0.9.8
patch for EAP-FAST support') changed the OpenSSL 0.9.8 patch to support
the new API that was introduced in OpenSSL 1.0.0 for EAP-FAST. As such,
there should be no valid users of the old API anymore and tls_openssl.c
can be cleaned up to use only the new API.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Some cases like ifconfig down/up may require MACsec restart. To make
sure the appropriate protect frames and replay parameters get configured
in cases where the interface was down, set these parameters from KaY
configuration to the driver before creating a new transmit SC. This
allows MACsec functionality to recover automatically on such restart.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit ac330cfd87 ('P2P: Reinvite with
social operation channel if no common channels') introduced a mechamisn
to reinvite a peer during a persistent group reinvocation from a GO with
a different operating channel proposal. This mechanism can fail if the
inviting device (GO) ends up getting a retransmitted, duplicated
Invitation Response frame processed second time while waiting for the
response to the retried Invitation Request (using one of the social
channels as the operating channel). IEEE 802.11 duplicate frame
detection mechanisms are supposed to prevent this type of sequence, but
not all drivers support those rules properly for pre-association frames,
including P2P Public Action frames.
Work around this issue by checking that the dialog token in the
Invitation Response frame matches the one from the last Invitation
Request if the special invitation retry mechanism is used. This is safer
to do now than to enable dialog token matching for all invitation cases.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It is possible for unmasking of 11b rates to fail if a P2P group is
terminated while the netdev is down (e.g., due to rfkill block). This
could result in the 11b TX rates being left masked for non-P2P
operations. This would be particularly unfortunate for channel 14 use
since OFDM rates are not allowed on channel 14 and only OFDM rates were
configured P2P. This issue showed up, e.g., when running hwsim test case
rfkill_autogo followed by ap_wps_conf_chan14.
It may be possible to allow the failed operation in cfg80211/mac80211,
but it looks better to work around this on wpa_supplicant side as well.
Try to unmask the 11b rates again on the next connection request if the
rate unmasking operation had failed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes it easier to debug issues related to TX rate masking for P2P
use cases (and unmasking for non-P2P).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This converts os_snprintf() result validation cases to use
os_snprintf_error() for cases that were note covered by spatch and
semantic patches.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This converts os_snprintf() result validation cases to use
os_snprintf_error() in cases where success condition was used to execute
a step. These changes were done automatically with spatch using the
following semantic patch:
@@
expression E1,E2,E3;
statement S1;
@@
E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
- if (\( E1 >= 0 \| E1 > 0 \) && \( (size_t) E1 < E3 \| E1 < (int) E3 \| E1 < E3 \))
+ if (!os_snprintf_error(E3, E1))
S1
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This adds verification of os_snprintf() result against the maximum
buffer length. These changes were done automatically with spatch
using the following semantic patch:
@@
expression E1,E2,E3;
statement S1;
@@
E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
- if (\( E1 < 0 \| E1 <= 0 \))
+ if (os_snprintf_error(E3, E1))
(
S1
|
{ ... }
)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Previously, the immediate EAPOL authenticator startup was scheduled
without having received EAPOL-Start only for the case where WPA/WPA2 was
enabled. This can be extended to speed up non-WPA/WPA2 cases as well if
the STA includes WPS IE in Association Request frame.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Shift right on unsigned char limits the value to 0..63 which is within
bounds for base64_table[]. Anyway, some static analyzers do not seem to
understand that. See if an otherwise unnecessary masking gets rid of
false warnings. (CID 62858)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Shift right on unsigned char limits the value to 0..63 which is within
bounds for base64_table[]. Anyway, some static analyzers do not seem to
understand that. See if an otherwise unnecessary masking gets rid of
false warnings. (CID 62858)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
For some reason, "pos + len > end" is not clear enough, but "len > end -
pos" is recognized. Use that to get rid of a false positive from a
static analyzer (CID 72697).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
For some reason, the previous version was not understood to be null
terminating the buffer from recv(). It was doing this fine, though. Try
to use a bit more simpler design in hopes of getting static analyzers to
understand this. (CID 72702)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This reduced number of unnecessarily duplicated driver interface
callback functions for sending Action frames by using the more generic
send_action() instead of FT specific send_ft_action().
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If "ADD bss_config=" command failed in driver_init() or
hostapd_setup_interface(), some of the allocated resources were not
freed properly.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This helper function had not used the nl80211_set_iface_id() helper, but
there is no reason why it couldn't re-use the same helper as other
places using nl80211_cmd_msg().
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Use the helper function to replace places that use nlmsg_alloc(),
nl80211_cmd(), and either bss->ifindex or if_nametoindex(bss->ifname).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
bss->wdev_id_set is set for the non-detdev P2P Device, so
nl80211_cmd_msg() can be used as-is for these cases as well.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This removes duplicated code for building nl80211 commands for a BSS.
This commit handles the functions that were already using
nl80211_set_iface_id().
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This gets rid of more NLA_PUT* macro uses in nl80211 to reduce the
number of functions that depend on the hidden behavior of jumping to the
nla_put_failure label.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This gets rid of NLA_PUT* macro use in checking nl80211 capabilities to
reduce the number of functions that depend on the hidden behavior of
jumping to the nla_put_failure label.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Use a separate pointer and length field instead of trying to copy from a
struct field that has only part of the full buffer available.
(CID 68115)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Bounds checking for gd->gtk_len in wpa_supplicant_check_group_cipher()
was apparently too complex for some static analyzers. Use a local
variable and a more explicit validation step to avoid false report.
(CID 62864)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Using aes_wrap() to initialize a data structure seemed to be too much
for some static analyzers to understand. Make it obvious that the target
is not just the single struct member. (CID 68111)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Using aes_unwrap() to initialize a data structure seemed to be too much
for some static analyzers to understand. Make it obvious that the target
is initialized and that the target is not just the single struct member.
In addition, clean up the design to avoid removal of const with a
typecast. (CID 68112, CID 68134, CID 68135, CID 68136)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The separate p2p_channels_union_inplace() makes the function easier for
static analyzers to see that the result buffer is always initialized.
(CID 74494)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit 16689c7cfc ('hostapd: Allow ACS to
be offloaded to the driver') used incorrect operator to determine
whether HT40 was configured. Fix that to mask the ht_capab bit
correctly. (CID 77286)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This was not really a real issue since bin_clear_free() would not use
the emsk_len argument when emsk is NULL as it would be on the path where
emsk_len has not been initilized. Anyway, it is better to get rid of the
warning.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Derive rRK and rIK on EAP peer if ERP is enabled. The new wpa_supplicant
network configuration parameter erp=1 can now be used to configure the
EAP peer to derive EMSK, rRK, and rIK at the successful completion of an
EAP authentication method. This functionality is not included in the
default build and can be enabled with CONFIG_ERP=y.
If EAP authenticator indicates support for re-authentication protocol,
initiate this with EAP-Initiate/Re-auth and complete protocol when
receiving EAP-Finish/Re-auth.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Derive rRK and rIK on EAP server if ERP is enabled and use these keys to
allow EAP re-authentication to be used and to derive rMSK.
The new hostapd configuration parameter eap_server_erp=1 can now be used
to configure the integrated EAP server to derive EMSK, rRK, and rIK at
the successful completion of an EAP authentication method. This
functionality is not included in the default build and can be enabled
with CONFIG_ERP=y.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
hostapd can now be configured to transmit EAP-Initiate/Re-auth-Start
before EAP-Request/Identity to try to initiate ERP. This is disabled by
default and can be enabled with erp_send_reauth_start=1 and optional
erp_reauth_start_domain=<domain>.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Suppose there are two APs (AP1 & AP2) and user attempted to connect to
AP2 before the previous connection with AP1 could succeed. Now, if the
connection event comes for the older AP with failed status, we should
just ignore it as the wpa_supplicant state has moved to "ASSOCIATING"
with the new AP (AP2).
This is a similar to the case where a disconnection event is ignored for
a case where local disconnect request can cause the extra event to show
up during the next association process following that command.
Signed-off-by: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
Using QCA vendor command, allow ACS function to be offloaded to the
driver. Once channels are selected, hostapd is notified to perform OBSS
operation.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
